Fishing Catalog Backer Hughes

D E L I V E R I N G
PERFORMANCE
FISHING SERVICES
99327Fishing_cover.indd 1 5/10/01, 2:43 PM

Baker Oil Tools
FISHING TOOL CATALOG INTRODUCTION

Baker Oil Tools offers the most advanced and comprehensive Fishing products and services available today.
All are noted for flexibility, top performance and reliability that create value for any operation. As the leader in
Conventional Fishing, Sidetracking Systems, and Thru-Tubing Fishing, Baker provides an unmatched level of
service and performance in all facets of fishing operations.
Baker Oil Tools has led the fishing industry for almost a century through contributions from our root companies
such as TriState Oil Tools, Baker Service Tools, Wilson Downhole, and Sonoma. Products such as METAL
MUNCHER®, SUPERLOY®, LockoMatic, hydraulic actuated thru-tubing fishing tools, HIPP-TRIPPER®, CT
Whipstocks, and WindowMaster, have helped the company earn and maintain its #1 position. Adherence
to the tenets of Baker Hughes' company-wide Product Development and Management program, and
ongoing product innovations will assure Baker Oil Tools leadership in fishing solutions well into the
21st century. The “Rattler”™ Downhole Vibration System, deepwater plug and abandonment tools, new
innovative workover motor technology, Opti-Cut™, and debris management tools are just a few of the
company’s most recent innovations. Access to these industry leading technologies, plus outstanding service,
quality assurance, rigorous testing, and best-in-class training will continue to help Baker Oil Tools fishing
customers successfully meet the challenges of a changing industry.
Baker Oil Tools Fishing Services: Around the Clock, Around the World.
1
Baker Oil Tools TABLE OF CONTENTS
BAKER OIL TOOLS

FISHING TECHNOLOGY
TESTING CENTER
Bossier City, Louisiana
The Baker Oil Tools Fishing Technology
Testing Center in Bossier City, Louisiana
includes the fishing industry’s most com-
plete testing facility. Here, testing is con-
ducted on projects ranging from research
and development prototypes to modifica-
tions to existing equipment, in an environ-
ment that simulates realistic downhole
conditions.
The centerpiece of the Technology Center
is a test rig whose components include:
• 142-ft Dreco mast rated at 750,000 lbs

(340,000 kg) lifting capacity when rigged
with 12 lines
• Continental-Emsco GA350-E Single

Drum Drawworks
• Continental-Emsco T-2750 53-1/4"

Rotary Table
• Gardner Denver PZ10 1350 HP Triplex

Pump with output of 496 gal/min at
4,200 psi (1,860 liters/min at 290 bar)
maximum pressure
• Bowen® Model S-1E Power Swivel
• Bowen® 3.5 Power Swivel which may be

used as a top drive
• Hydraulic testing unit
• Appropriate tubulars, BOPs, kill and

choke manifolds, tuggers and handling
tools
• Casing sizes from 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) to

20" (508.0 mm) for testing purposes
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS Baker Oil Tools
FISHING TOOL CATALOG INTRODUCTION ................ 1 Superloy® ............................................................................. 38

BAKER OIL TOOLS FISHING
Packer Milling and Retrieving Tools
TECHNOLOGY TESTING CENTER ............................... 2
CK™ Packer Milling Tool ...................................................... 42
TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................. 3
Hydraulic Packer Retrieving Tool .......................................... 43
PRODUCT NUMBER INDEX........................................... 6 Mechanical Packer Retrieving Tool....................................... 42
METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill ............................................ 40
CONVENTIONAL FISHING PRODUCTS
Model B™ Packer Retrieving Tool ........................................ 44
AND APPLICATIONS............................................... 9 - 82
Model CP-3™ Plug Plucker .................................................. 45
Internal/External Cutter Tools Model MB™ Packer Retrieving Tool ..................................... 44
PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

BG™ Outside Cutter .............................................................. 14 Model M™ J-Joint ................................................................. 45
External Cutter Bottomhole Assembly ..................................... 9 Packer Mill Bottomhole Assembly ......................................... 39
Hercules Multi-String Cutter................................................... 11 Packer Milling Tools, Models CJ™, CB™, and CC™ ........... 41
Inside Hydraulic Cutter .......................................................... 13 Packer Shoe Bottomhole Assembly ...................................... 39
Inside Mechanical Casing Cutter ........................................... 12 Shear Pin Packer Retrieving Tool ......................................... 43
Internal Cutter Bottomhole Assembly ...................................... 9
Junk Retrieval Tools
Multi-String Cutter .................................................................. 10
Globe Type Junk Baskets ..................................................... 51
Outside Shear Pin Cutter ....................................................... 16
Internal Boot Basket .............................................................. 51
Standard and Washover Outside Cutters .............................. 15
Standard VACS™ System .................................................... 49
Wireline Cutter ....................................................................... 16
Super Downhole Magnets (Patent Pending) ......................... 53
Internal/External Engagement Tools Type B™ Boot Basket ........................................................... 52
Box Tap ................................................................................. 28 VACS Application
Bulldog Overshot ................................................................... 19 Baker Jet Basket Bottomhole Assembly ............................ 47
Center Prong and Crankshaft Rope Spear ............................ 26 VACS Jet Basket Application ................................................ 50
PRODUCTS AND A PPLICATIONS

External Catch Bottomhole Assembly ................................... 17 VACS Platform Chart ............................................................ 48
High Pressure Pack-Off Assembly ........................................ 19 Washpipe Boot Basket .......................................................... 52
Hollow Pin Tap....................................................................... 29
Specialty Tools
Hydraulic Casing Spear ......................................................... 22
Dog Leg Reamer ................................................................... 67
Internal Catch Bottomhole Assembly..................................... 17
Expanding Hydraulic Mill ....................................................... 66
Itco Type Bowen® Releasing Spear...................................... 18
GeoThermal Valve Changer ................................................. 67
Kelo Socket Overshot ............................................................ 20
Hydraulic Casing Backoff Tool .............................................. 61
Latch Jack Spear ................................................................... 26
Hydraulic Casing Makeup Tool ............................................. 60
Locking Pin Sub..................................................................... 20
Hydraulic Pulling Tool ........................................................... 64
Pin Tap .................................................................................. 29
Hydraulic Reversing Tool ...................................................... 62
Spear Pack-Off ...................................................................... 27
Hydraulic Wireline Severing Tool .......................................... 68
Spear Stop Sub ..................................................................... 27
Marine Swivel Seal Extractor ................................................ 58
Taper Taps ............................................................................ 28
Surface Resonance Tool....................................................... 68
T-Dog, Mouse Trap and Flipper Dog (TMF) Overshot........... 21
The Rattler ............................................................................ 65
The Series 150 Bowen® Releasing and

The Rattler Bottomhole Assembly......................................... 55
Circulating Overshot ........................................................... 18
Timmons Backoff Tool .......................................................... 59
Tri-State Type D™ Casing and Tubing Spear ....................... 24
Type E™ Cut and Pull Spear ................................................ 57
Tri-State® Type B™ Casing and Tubing Spear..................... 23
Universal Wellhead Retrieving System ................................. 56
Type E™ Casing Spear ......................................................... 25
Universal Wellhead Retrieving System
Mills And Shoes Bottomhole Assembly ........................................................ 55
Baker Oil Tools Rotary Shoes ............................................... 34 Washover Drill Collar Spear .................................................. 63
Cone Buster Mill .................................................................... 32
Casing Repair Equipment
Junk Mill Bottomhole Assembly ............................................. 31
Lead Seal Casing Patch........................................................ 70
METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill ................................................ 32
Lead Seal Cementing Casing Patch ..................................... 72
Piranha Mill ............................................................................ 32
Rubber Seal Casing Patch .................................................... 70
Rotary Shoe Bottomhole Assembly ....................................... 31
Standard Casing Patch Bottomhole Assembly ..................... 69
String and Watermelon Mills .................................................. 33
Tieback Alignment Bushing................................................... 72
Taper Mill ............................................................................... 33
Underwater Casing Patch Bottomhole Assembly ................. 69
Cutting Structure Types and Applications Underwater Lead Seal Casing Patch .................................... 71
Diamonds............................................................................... 38 Underwater Rubber Seal Casing Patch ................................ 71
METAL MUNCHER® ............................................................. 37
Accessory Tools
Opti-Cut™ .............................................................................. 37
360° “Clean Bore” Casing Scraper........................................ 76
3
Baker Oil Tools TABLE OF CONTENTS
Casing Jack System .............................................................. 78 Lockomatic Underreamer .................................................... 109

Circulation Control Joint ........................................................ 80 Lockomatic® Section Mill Dressed with
Double Clutch Key Seat Wiper .............................................. 75 METAL MUNCHER Cutter................................................ 108
Drilling Safety Joint................................................................ 75 METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill (Patented) ............................. 106
Hollow Mill Container and Insert............................................ 82 METAL MUNCHER Turbo Pilot Mill..................................... 106
Hydraulic Stabilizer................................................................ 73 Model D™ Section Mill ........................................................ 107
J™ Type Safety Joint ............................................................ 81 Turbo Pilot Mill Bottomhole Assembly ................................. 105
Kelly Drive Bushing ............................................................... 79
Lead Impression Block .......................................................... 82 Specification Guides
Model D™ Roto-vert Tubing Scraper .................................... 76 N-80 with W.P. Hydril Connections...................................... 111
Pipe Drive Bushing ................................................................ 79 Washpipe Data ................................................................... 110
Pump-Out Sub....................................................................... 80
THRU-TUBING FISHING PRODUCTS
Ring Type Space-Out Assembly ........................................... 73
AND APPLICATIONS ......................................... 113 - 154
Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer .................................... 74
The Wellbore Custodian ........................................................ 77 Coiled Tubing Standard Tools
Triple Connection Bushing .................................................... 79 Coiled Tubing Connector ..................................................... 115
True Circle Tong Bushing...................................................... 78 Dual Actuated Circulating Valve .......................................... 122
Variable Blade Stabilizer ....................................................... 74 Dual Flapper Back Pressure Valve ...................................... 116
Washover Backoff Safety Joint (Full-Opening) ..................... 81 High Load Disconnect.......................................................... 119
Model FAU™ Safety Hydraulic Disconnect ......................... 118
SIDE TRACKING SYSTEMS PRODUCTS Motorhead Assembly ........................................................... 114
AND APPLICATIONS ........................................... 83 - 111
MotorHead Bottomhole Assembly ....................................... 113
Whipstock Systems, Anchors, And Retrieving Tools Pull Disconnect .................................................................... 120
Cemented Whipstock System ............................................... 87 RK™ Disconnect ................................................................. 121
Coil Tubing Mechanical Set Whipstock For Standard Bottomhole Assembly .......................................... 113
Monobore Applications (Patent Pending)........................... 91 Universal Hydraulic Disconnect ........................................... 117
Coiled Tubing Whipstock System For
Thru-Tubing Fishing Tools
Monobore Applications....................................................... 89
Continuous Tubing Overshot ............................................... 127
Control Sub ........................................................................... 94
External Fishing Bottomhole Assembly ............................... 123
Excluder Sub ......................................................................... 93
High Pressure Pack-Off ....................................................... 128
Fixed Lug Whipstock Retrieving Tool .................................. 102
Hydraulic Releasing GS™ Spear ........................................ 125
Hydraulic And Hydrostatic Setting Module And
Hydraulic Releasing Overshot ............................................. 124
Adapter Kit For The TorqueMaster Whipstock Packer..... 101
Parted Coiled Tubing Bottomhole Assembly ....................... 123
Hydraulic Whipstock Valve .................................................. 103
Snipper Overshot ................................................................. 126
ML Whipstock System ........................................................... 92
Openhole Whipstock System ................................................ 88 Thru-Tubing Rotational Services
Retrievable Anchor And Cleanout Tool For DB™ Underreamer .............................................................. 133
Permanent TorqueMaster Packer .................................... 100 Hydraulic Indexing Tool ....................................................... 135
Retrievable TorqueMaster Packer......................................... 98 Hydraulic Tubing Cutter ....................................................... 134
Rolling Dog Whipstock Retrieving Tool ............................... 102 Mechanical Scale Removal Bottomhole Assembly.............. 129
Shear Type Disconnect ......................................................... 94 METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill .............................................. 132
Special Taper Box Tap for Retrieval of METAL MUNCHER Step Mill............................................... 131
WindowMaster Whipstocks .............................................. 103 METAL MUNCHER Turbo Scale Mill................................... 131
Thru-Tubing Whipstock Bottomhole Assembly ..................... 83 Navi-Drill V.I.P.™ Workover Motor ...................................... 130
Thru-Tubing Whipstock For Restricted Bore Applications..... 90 Set Down Indexing Tool....................................................... 135
TorqueMaster Hydraulic Set Retrievable Anchor .................. 96 SUPERLOY/Opti-Cut Bladed Junk Mill................................ 132
TorqueMaster ML™ Packer .................................................. 99 Thru-Tubing Fishing 2-Blade Underreamer ......................... 134
TorqueMaster Permanent Packer And Anchor ..................... 97 Tubing Cutting Bottomhole Assembly.................................. 129
TorqueMaster™ Bottom Trip Retrievable Anchor ................. 95 Yankee Screwdriver............................................................. 136
Type E™ Whipstock System ................................................. 86
Unloader Valve ...................................................................... 93 Thru-Tubing Fishing Impact Services
Whipstock Application Chart ................................................. 84 Bi-Directional Vibratory Fishing Bottomhole Assembly........ 137
WindowMaster Whipstock Bottomhole Assembly ................. 83 Block And Blast Tool............................................................ 140
WindowMaster™ ................................................................... 85 HIPP-TRIPPER Accelerators............................................... 140
HIPP-TRIPPER Bi-Di Vibratory Fishing Jar ......................... 139
Pilot/Section Milling And Underreaming Tools
Lockomatic Section Mill Bottomhole Assembly ................... 105
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS Baker Oil Tools
HIPP-TRIPPER Bits, Scratches, Swages Hydraulic Centralizer and Hydraulic Drilling Centralizer ..... 146
and Disk Breakers ............................................................ 141 Hydraulic Tubing Punch ...................................................... 154
HIPP-TRIPPER® Si-Di Impact Drill ..................................... 138 Lateral Wash Bottomhole Assembly ................................... 145
Impact Drilling Bottomhole Assembly .................................. 137 Lockable Swivel .................................................................. 151
Mechanical Bow Spring Centralizer .................................... 147
Thru-Tubing Debris Catchers Nipple Profile Locator.......................................................... 149
Milling Bottomhole Assembly with Metal Chip Catcher........ 143 Optimum Flow Bypass Sub................................................. 152
Rotary Venturi Cleanout Bottomhole Assembly................... 143 Power Stroker ..................................................................... 150
Thru-Tubing Fishing Chip Catcher....................................... 144 Shifting Bottomhole Assembly ............................................ 145
Venturi Jet Junk Basket ....................................................... 144 Single Knuckle Joint and Double Knuckle Joint .................. 148

Single Swivel and Dual Swivel ............................................ 151
Thru-Tubing Accessory Tools
Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer .................................. 147
Deployment Bar ................................................................... 153
Spinning Wash Tool ............................................................ 154
HB-3™ Selective Shifting Tool ............................................ 150
Thru-Tubing Fishing Hydraulic/Mechanical Tubing Anchor 152
Hydraulic Bent Sub .............................................................. 153

5
Baker Oil Tools PRODUCT NUMBER INDEX
Product Description Page Product Description Page

Family No. Family No.
H11006 Kelo Socket Overshot ...................................... 20 H13213 High Load Disconnect .................................... 119
H11059 High Pressure Pack-Off Assembly .................. 19 H13214 Pull Disconnect .............................................. 120
H11099 Box Tap ........................................................... 28 H13215 RK™ Disconnect............................................ 121
H11099 Special Taper Box Tap for Retrieval of H13218 Dual Actuated Circulating Valve..................... 122
WindowMaster Whipstocks............................ 103
H13220 Hydraulic Centralizer and Hydraulic
H11107 Bulldog Overshot ............................................. 19 and H13221 Drilling Centralizer.......................................... 146
H11407 T-Dog, Mouse Trap and Flipper Dog H13224 Mechanical Bow Spring Centralizer ............... 147
(TMF) Overshot ............................................... 21
H13225 Nipple Profile Locator..................................... 149
H12009 Tri-State Type D™ Casing and
H13226 Thru-Tubing Fishing Hydraulic/
Tubing Spear ................................................... 24
Mechanical Tubing Anchor............................. 152
H12028 Center Prong and Crankshaft Rope Spear...... 26
H13230 Single Knuckle Joint and
and H12229
and H13231 Double Knuckle Joint ..................................... 148
H12036 Spear Stop Sub ............................................... 27
H13236 Hydraulic Bent Sub ........................................ 153
H12060 Locking Pin Sub............................................... 20
H13252 Thru-Tubing Fishing 2-Blade Underreamer ... 134
H12100 Taper Taps ...................................................... 28
H13259 Set Down Indexing Tool ................................. 135
H12101 Hollow Pin Tap................................................. 29
H13260 Hydraulic Indexing Tool.................................. 135
H12101 Pin Tap ............................................................ 29
H13262 Yankee Screwdriver ....................................... 136
H12109 Type E™ Casing Spear ................................... 25
H13264 Single Swivel and Dual Swivel ....................... 151
H12115 Spear Pack-Off ................................................ 27 and H13263
H12213 Type E™ Cut and Pull Spear........................... 57 H13265 Lockable Swivel ............................................. 151
H12215 Universal Wellhead Retrieving System............ 56 H13266 Spinning Wash Tool ....................................... 154
H12228 Latch Jack Spear ............................................. 26 H13280 Navi-Drill V.I.P.™ Workover Motor................. 130
H12309 Hydraulic Casing Spear ................................... 22 H13289 Optimum Flow Bypass Sub............................ 152
H12609 Tri-State® Type B™ Casing and H13310 Hydraulic Releasing GS™ Spear
Tubing Spear ................................................... 23 and H13311 (for Slick ID Fishing and Fishing Neck) .......... 125
H13015 The Wellbore Custodian .................................. 77 H13330 Hydraulic Releasing Overshot

and H13331 (for Slick OD Fishing and Fishing Neck) ........ 124
H13016 Type B™ Boot Basket ..................................... 52
H13332 Continuous Tubing Overshot ......................... 127
H13019 Washpipe Boot Basket .................................... 52
H13333 High Pressure Pack-Off ................................. 128
H13021 Internal Boot Basket ........................................ 51
H13334 Snipper Overshot ........................................... 126
H13022 Globe Type Junk Baskets................................ 51
H13341 Hydraulic Tubing Punch ................................. 154
H13051 Venturi Jet Junk Basket ................................. 144
H13400 HIPP-TRIPPER® Si-Di Impact Drill................ 138
H13096 VACS Jet Basket Application........................... 50
H13405 HIPP-TRIPPER Bi-Di Vibratory Fishing Jar ... 139
H13102 Super Downhole Magnets (Patent Pending) ... 53
H13420 HIPP-TRIPPER Accelerators ......................... 140
H13102 Thru-Tubing Fishing Chip Catcher................. 144
H13425 Block And Blast Tool ...................................... 140
H13125 Standard VACS™ System............................... 49
H13430 HIPP-TRIPPER Bits, Scratches,
H13200 Coiled Tubing Connector ............................... 115
Swages and Disk Breakers ............................ 141
H13203 Motorhead Assembly ..................................... 114
H14013 Timmons Backoff Tool ..................................... 59
H13204 Dual Flapper Back Pressure Valve................ 116
H14014 Washover Drill Collar Spear............................. 63
H13209 Universal Hydraulic Disconnect ..................... 117
H14024 Circulation Control Joint ................................... 80
H13211 Model FAU™ Safety Hydraulic Disconnect ... 118
6
PRODUCT NUMBER INDEX Baker Oil Tools

H14025 Triple Connection Bushing ............................... 79 H15051 Fixed Lug Whipstock Retrieving Tool ............. 102
H14027 Hydraulic Pulling Tool ...................................... 64 H15054 TorqueMaster™ Bottom Trip

Retrievable Anchor ........................................... 95
H14030 Shear Type Disconnect.................................... 94
H15064 Rolling Dog Whipstock Retrieving Tool .......... 102
H14031 Mechanical Packer Retrieving Tool.................. 42
H15072 Model D™ Section Mill ................................... 107
H14037 J™ Type Safety Joint ....................................... 81

H15074 Type E™ Whipstock System ............................ 86
H14038 Washover Backoff Safety Joint
(Full-Opening) .................................................. 81 H15079 - Lockomatic Underreamer ............................... 109
H15089
H14040 Unloader Valve ................................................ 93
H15079 - Lockomatic® Section Mill Dressed with
H14052 Surface Resonance Tool ................................. 68
H15089 METAL MUNCHER Cutter ............................. 108
H14061 Pump-Out Sub ................................................. 80
H15094 WindowMaster™ .............................................. 85
H14065 The Rattler ....................................................... 65
H15097 DB™ Underreamer......................................... 133
H14066 Hydraulic Packer Retrieving Tool..................... 43
H15098 Expanding Hydraulic Mill .................................. 66
H14071 METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill ....................... 40
H15101 METAL MUNCHER Turbo Scale Mill ............. 131
H14082 Hydraulic Casing Makeup Tool ........................ 60
H15102 METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill ........................... 32
H14106 Lead Impression Block..................................... 82
H15106 Cone Buster Mill ............................................... 32
H14110 Hydraulic Reversing Tool ................................. 62
H15106 METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill ......................... 132

H14132 Model B™ Packer Retrieving Tool ................... 44
H15106 SUPERLOY/Opti-Cut Bladed Junk Mill .......... 132
H14133 Model M™ J-Joint ............................................ 45
H15109 String and Watermelon Mills ............................ 33
H14136 Shear Pin Packer Retrieving Tool .................... 43
H15110 Taper Mill.......................................................... 33
H14138 Model MB™ Packer Retrieving Tool ................ 44
H15111 Piranha Mill....................................................... 32
H14210 Hydraulic Casing Backoff Tool ......................... 61
H15113 METAL MUNCHER Step Mill ......................... 131
H14211 Tieback Alignment Bushing ............................. 72
H15120 Hollow Mill Container and Insert....................... 82
H14404 Hydraulic Wireline Severing Tool ..................... 68
H15121 METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill (Patented) ........ 106
H15008, Baker Oil Tools Rotary Shoes.......................... 34
H15121 METAL MUNCHER Turbo Pilot Mill ............... 106
H15010,
H15013, H15124 Dog Leg Reamer .............................................. 67
and H15014
H15360 Pipe Drive Bushing........................................... 79

H15020 Cemented Whipstock ....................................... 87
H16021 Underwater Lead Seal Casing Patch ............... 71
H15025 Drilling Safety Joint .......................................... 75
H16055 Deployment Bar.............................................. 153
H15030 Double Clutch Key Seat Wiper ........................ 75
H16078 Underwater Rubber Seal Casing Patch ........... 71
H15036 Hydraulic Whipstock Valve............................. 103
H16105 360° “Clean Bore” Casing Scraper ................... 76
H15037 Control Sub ...................................................... 94
H16120 Rubber Seal Casing Patch ............................... 70
H15038 Excluder Sub.................................................... 93
H16220 Lead Seal Casing Patch ................................... 70
H15040 TorqueMaster Hydraulic Set
H16420 Lead Seal Cementing Casing Patch ................ 72
Retrievable Anchor .......................................... 96
H17002 Marine Swivel Seal Extractor ........................... 58
H15042 Coil Tubing Mechanical Set Whipstock For
Monobore Applications (Patent Pending) ........ 91 H17003 Inside Hydraulic Cutter ..................................... 13
H15043 Coiled Tubing Whipstock System For H17003 Hydraulic Tubing Cutter.................................. 134
Monobore Applications .................................... 89
H17008 Multi-String Cutter ............................................ 10
H15045 ML Whipstock System ..................................... 92
H17009 Hercules Multi-String Cutter ............................. 11
H15050 Thru-Tubing Whipstock For Restricted
and H15076 Bore Applications ............................................. 90 H17012 Inside Mechanical Casing Cutter...................... 12
7
Baker Oil Tools PRODUCT NUMBER INDEX

H17013 Standard and Washover Outside Cutters ........ 15 H41518 TorqueMaster Permanent Packer
and H17014 and H41519 And Anchor ...................................................... 97
H17017 BG™ Outside Cutter........................................ 14 H41518 Retrievable Anchor And Cleanout Tool For
and H41519 Permanent TorqueMaster Packer .................. 100
H17026 Wireline Cutter ................................................. 16
H41518, Hydraulic And Hydrostatic Setting Module
H17030 Variable Blade Stabilizer.................................. 74
H41581, And Adapter Kit For The TorqueMaster
H17035 Ring Type Space-Out Assembly...................... 73 and H41583 Whipstock Packer .......................................... 101
H17113 Outside Shear Pin Cutter................................. 16 H41540, TorqueMaster ML™ Packer ............................. 99
H41541,
H17130 Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer............... 74 and H41542
H17130 Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer............. 147 H62061 Model D™ Roto-vert Tubing Scraper............... 76
H17230 Hydraulic Stabilizer .......................................... 73 H64501 Retrievable TorqueMaster Packer ................... 98
H18056 True Circle Tong Bushing ................................ 78 H74706, Packer Milling Tools,
H18356 Kelly Drive Bushing.......................................... 79 H74702, Models CJ™, CB™, and CC™ ........................ 41
and H74703
H18556 Casing Jack System ........................................ 78
H74708 CK™ Packer Milling Tool ................................. 42
H20079 GeoThermal Valve Changer ............................ 67
H74714 Model CP-3™ Plug Plucker ............................. 45
H30149, Openhole Whipstock System........................... 88
H30155, H81128 Power Stroker ................................................ 150
H30156, H81198 HB-3™ Selective Shifting Tool....................... 150
and H15076
8
INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CUTTER TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CUTTER TOOLS

Internal/External Cutting Tools are used in a wide variety of fishing applications. Baker Oil Tools offers internal
cutters for multistring cutting of casing associated with well abandonment, down to single string cutters used for
production tubing. Internal cutters are normally run with stabilizers to improve cutting time. External cutters are
generally used when the ID of the tubing or small casing has become plugged. The external cutters are run on
the bottom of washpipe allowing for cutting and recovery in one run. It is recommended the external cutter be
run only if the fish is known to be free or has been washed over in the previous trip. However, the BG Cutter can
be rotated while washing over the fish.

DRILLPIPE
DRILLPIPE
TOP SUB
NON-ROTATING STABILIZER
(Refer to page 74)
WASHPIPE
(Refer to page 110)
HERCULES MULTI-STRING CUTTER

(Refer to page 11)
BG CUTTER
(Refer to page 14)
(Refer to page 74)
TYPE B ROTARY SHOE

(Refer to page 34)
Internal Cutter Bottomhole Assembly External Cutter Bottomhole Assembly
Rev., September, 2001 9

Baker Oil Tools INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CUTTER TOOLS
MULTI-STRING CUTTER pumps are shut off, and the tool is

pulled out of the hole.
Product Family No. H17008
Note: For floating platform operations, a
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION slack joint or motion compensator, marine
swivel and space-out assembly are re-
Multi-String Cutters are used to cut
quired in addition to the stabilizers.
through multiple strings of casing, or
large diameter strings, quickly and FEATURES/BENEFITS
safely. Multi-String Cutters are used • Rugged, dependable design with-
on both fixed and floating platforms as stands extreme shock loads during
well as on land rigs. cutting
OPERATION • Cuts multiple strings completely,
even if they are not concentric
The Multi-String Cutter is hydraulically
• Knives can be easily changed on
operated by drilling fluid flowing
the rig floor
through an indicator nozzle and acti-
vating a piston which contacts the cut- • Cuts multiple strings of casing with
ter knives and pivots them into cutting one length of knife
position. • Each knife is of tempered steel and
can be dressed with either METAL
The cutter is dressed with proper MUNCHER style carbide inserts or
knives and run in the well with a stabi- SUPERLOY
lizer immediately above and/or below.
• Large piston area reduces amount
When cutting depth is reached, rota-
of surface pump pressure required
tion begins. Pump pressure is applied
to operate cutter and expand knives
to force the knives against the casing
ID. Rotary speed and pump pressure • Body constructed of AISI 4140
are then increased until the knives heat-treated alloy steel
have cut through the casing and ex- • Nine cutter sizes are available to
panded to their maximum position. A handle all casing weights in sizes
sudden pressure drop and torque de- from 4" (101.6 mm) to 60"
crease indicates the cut has been (1524.0 mm)
made. After finishing the cut, the
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Designed Tool
Top
To Cut OD
Connection
in. mm in. mm
4 - 5-1/2 101.6 - 139.7 2-3/8" API Reg 3.125 79.4
4-1/2 - 6-5/8 114.3 - 168.3 2-7/8" API Reg 3.750 95.3
5-1/2 - 9-5/8 139.7 - 244.5 2-7/8" API IF 4.500 114.3
3-1/2" API Reg 5.500 139.7
7 - 13-3/8 177.8 - 339.7
3-1/2" API IF 5.750 146.0
8-5/8 - 20 219.1 - 508.0 4-1/2" X-Hole 7.250 184.2
9-5/8 - 30 244.5 - 762.0 8.250 209.6
6-5/8" API Reg
13-3/8 - 48 339.7 - 1219.2 11.750 298.5
18 - 60 457.2 - 1066.8 7-5/8" API Reg 16.000 406.8
Multi-String Cutter
10

DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION
The Hercules Multi-String Cutter is a hydraulically operated solid
body tool used to cut through multiple strings of casing, or large di-
ameter strings, quickly and safely. The Hercules Multi-String Cut-
ter’s three knives are 30 percent stronger than the standard multi-
string cutter. The knives are normally dressed with either SUPER-

LOY or METAL MUNCHER inserts.
The Hercules Multi-String Cutter can be used in any cutting applica-
tion where rotation and pressure can be applied to the tool.
OPERATION
The Hercules Multi-String Cutter is hydraulically operated by drilling
fluid pressure acting against a piston. The necessary pressure dif-
ferential is established by the flow rate of the drilling or workover fluid
through the indicator nozzle. The nozzle size can be adjusted as
necessary to produce a sufficient pressure differential depending on
the fluid pump flow rate available. Standard bit nozzle sizes are uti-
lized for convenient interchangeability. At sufficient pressure differ-
ential, the piston will move against the compression spring and
contact the knife heel moving the knives into cutting position. The
continued movement of the piston forces the knives to pivot about
the knife pins. When the knives are near full extension, the indicator
contacts the indicator stop. At this point, drilling fluid begins to flow
freely through the indicator which results in a sudden pressure drop
signaling the operator that the knives have come to a fully extended
position. In subsea applications, a Marine Swivel or Universal Well-
head Recovery System and is required. When performing casing re-
pair operations for a slot recovery, safeguards must be taken to
assure the outer casing is not damaged. For this type operation, the
Hercules Multi-String Cutter can also be mechanically controlled by
the positive adjustment screw, which is installed below the knives
limiting the maximum knife extension.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Solid body design can withstand extreme shock loads during cut-
ting
• Pressure indicator can be adjusted without taking the tool apart
• Positive adjustment screw can be set for mechanical lock on
knives allowing for single string cuts with minimal contact to the
outer string
• Knives are 30% stronger
• Knives can be easily changed on the rig floor
• Knives are normally dressed with SUPERLOY or METAL
MUNCHER inserts
• Large piston area reduces amount of surface pressure required to
operate cutter
• Pressure indicator can be set for surface pressure drop at any
point in the knife swing
Hercules Multi-String Cutter
11
INSIDE MECHANICAL forces the knives outward until the

pipe is cut. When the cut is com-
CASING CUTTER plete, pick up the workstring; and
Product Family No. H17012 the friction assembly returns auto-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION matically to the run-in position. An
automatic nut design allows the tool
Baker Oil Tools’ Inside Mechanical to disengage and reset repeatedly
Casing Cutters are used to cut tub- without coming out of the hole.
ing and casing internally. Each cut-
ter consists of a friction assembly FEATURES/BENEFITS
used to set the tool in the pipe, a slip • Each tool easily converts to cut
assembly for anchoring, and a cut- alternate casing weights
ting assembly with tool steel or in- • Automatic nut design allows the
sert knives. The tools are tool to disengage and reset
recognized for quick cuts and easy repeatedly without coming out of
conversion to alternate casing the hole for multiple cuts
weights. • Tool is mechanically operated; no
OPERATION hydraulics are required
• Slip assembly centrally anchors
The Inside Mechanical Casing Cut- the cutter to ensure a precise,
ter is lowered into the hole to the smooth cut
point where the cut is to be made.
• Body constructed from AISI 4140
The tool is rotated to the right and
heat-treated alloy steel
gradually lowered. This action al-
lows the friction block assembly to • Knives are made of tool steel or
unscrew from the mandrel, thereby inserts
anchoring the tool in the pipe. Once
the slips are set, the wedge block
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Designed Can Max Cut Cutter
Top
To Cut Cut of Knife OD
Connection
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
4 101.6 4-1/2 114.3 4.625 117.5 3.000 76.2 2-3/8" FJ
5 127.0 6 152.4 6.375 161.9 4.000 101.6 2-7/8" API Reg
6-5/8 168.3 7-5/8 193.7 8.313 227.0 5.500 139.7 3-1/2" API IF
8-1/8 206.4 9 228.6 9.875 250.8 6.875 174.6 4-1/2" API IF
8-5/8 219.1 9-5/8 244.5 10.000 254.0 7.125 181.0
5-1/2" API Reg
9-5/8 244.5 10-3/4 273.1 11.500 292.1 8.000 203.2
13-3/8 339.7 - - 16.125 409.6 11.750 298.5 6-5/8" API Reg
Inside Mechanical Casing Cutter

12
INSIDE HYDRAULIC crease in torque indicates that casing

is being cut. When the cut is com-
CUTTER plete, the control dog will move into a
Product Family No. H17003 recess in the bottom nut causing a de-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION crease in pump pressure, indicating
that the cut is complete. Straight pick
The Inside Hydraulic Cutter is de- up will retract the slips and knives.
signed to cut single strings of casing
hydraulically. The cutter features hy- The Inside Hydraulic Cutter should al-
ways be run with a float sub.

draulically activated knives for smooth
efficient cutting, an indicator which FEATURES/BENEFITS
signals through pump pressure when
• Tools easily convert to alternate cut-
the cut is complete, and stabilizer
ting sizes
slips to keep the cutter anchored in
the casing. The pistons are designed • Positive anchor assembly ensures a
to force the slips to firmly anchor the smooth cut
tool prior to the knives contacting the • Knives can be made from tool steel
casing. or fitted with carbide inserts
• Knife design reduces risk of dam-
When the cutter has been run to the
age to outer casing
desired cutting depth, rotation is initi-
ated and circulation started. An in- • Positive indication when cut is made
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cutter Max
Top
OD Cut of Knife
Connection
in. mm in. mm
4.125 104.8 7.000 177.8 2-7/8" API IF
5.500 139.7 7.000 177.8
3-1/2" API IF
5.750 146.1 7.625 193.7
8.125 206.4 10.750 273.1
4-1/2" API IF
11.750 298.5 13.375 339.7
Inside Hydraulic Cutter

13
BG™ OUTSIDE CUTTER desired depth where the cut is to be made.

Pick up and pull against the tubing collar
or upset, 5,000 lbs (2,272.7 kg) minimum
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION to make sure you are at a collar or tool
joint. Rotate pipe at 20 to 40 RPM’s. It is
The BG Outside Cutter is an automatic,
recommended to cut with workstring
spring-fed cutter that provides fast and re-
weight plus weight of fish to be cut. Do not
liable external cutting and recovery of tub-
pull more than the limit of the flipper dogs.
ing and drillpipe. The cutter is designed to
Once cut is complete, the cutter and fish
apply a predetermined and controlled
can be pulled out of the hole and the fish
amount of pressure on the knives, elimi-
stripped out of the washpipe. The cut left
nating the problem of broken knives and
by the outside cutter will be smooth on the
missed cuts. This automatic feature com-
OD and just slightly flared to the ID. To en-
pensates for any miscalculations or faulty
gage externally and run wireline would re-
readings regarding the amount of strain
quire no dressing off.
pulled on the fish, eliminating knife break-
age. This feature makes it ideal for high- FEATURES/BENEFITS
angle and horizontal wells. The pipe latch- • Eliminates as many parts and failure
ing assembly can be furnished to catch points as possible
under the couplings or collars of square-
• Able to cut various grades of pipe hard-
shouldered pipe and under the upset of in-
ness and tool joint configurations
tegral joint pipe. The ability to adjust the
amount of force to be placed on the knives • Designed to assure a cut even if the
allows pipe of varying degrees of hard- strain pulled on pipe was above or
ness to be cut fast and reliably. The cutter below desired amount
is excellent for cutting tubing with coiled or • Able to cut tubing with coiled tubing
smaller tubing inside. inside and recover both strings
• Normally cuts pipe in less than five min-
OPERATION utes, which normally required 1/2 to
Prior to running in hole, check to see that 2 hours of rotation previously
the cutter is properly dressed for the size • Large internal diameter allows cutter to
pipe to be cut. Make up cutter with option- pass over gas lift mandrels, ball valves,
al shoe on bottom. Also, in a very high an- etc.
gle hole, it is recommended to run a shoe • Eliminates knife breakage when swal-
with the smallest ID as possible and, also lowing fish
run an extension or joint of washpipe be- • Use in horizontal outside cutting appli-
low cutter to help stabilize the cutter. Run cations
enough washpipe to cover the fish. Once
• Able to rotate while washing over fish
over the top of the fish, take care in elevat-
ing the workstring until the cutter is at the
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cutter Cutter Cut Maximum
OD ID Pipe Sizes Passover OD
4.063 103.1 3.125 79.3 1-5/16 - 2-3/8 33.4 - 60.3 3.063 77.7
5.500 139.7 4.000 101.6 1-5/16 - 2-7/8 33.4 - 73.0 3.938 100.0
5.750 146.0 4.313 109.5 2-1/16 - 2-7/8 52.3 - 73.0 4.250 107.9
5.938 150.8 4.875 123.8 2-3/8 - 3-1/2 60.3 - 88.9 4.820 122.4
6.375 161.9 4.938 125.4 2-7/8 - 3-1/2 73.0 - 88.9 4.875 123.8
8.125 206.3 6.625 168.2 3-1/2 - 5 HWDP 88.9 - 127.0 6.563 166.7
BG Outside Cutter
14
STANDARD locate a collar or tool joint. The string

is then lowered to take any load off the
AND WASHOVER knifes prior to cutting.
OUTSIDE CUTTERS
The tool is operated by pulling the dog
Product Family Nos. H17013 assembly up under a collar or tool
and H17014 joint while rotating. The dog assembly
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION will force the wedge block down which
forces the knifes in until the cut is
The Standard and Washover Outside complete.

Cutters are mechanically operated
cutting tools used to cut and recover Once the cut is complete, the cutter
tubulars from the outside in one trip. and fish can be pulled out of the hole
Both cutters require the outside of the and the fish stripped out of the wash-
pipe to be free. The Washover Out- pipe. The cut left by the outside cutter
side Cutter has a sleeve around the will be smooth on the OD and slightly
knife cage that allows circulation to go flared on the ID. To engage externally
out the bottom of the washpipe. The and run wireline would require no
Standard Cutter does not have this dressing off.
sleeve and circulation will go out at FEATURES/BENEFITS
the knives.
• Cuts can be made on tubulars with
OPERATION plugged ID
• Cut is clean and requires no dress-
It is recommended to washover with a
ing
rotary shoe and washpipe prior to run-
ning the cutter. Once the fish has • The cut is made mechanically
been washed over, the rotary shoe is • Simple design and operation Standard Outside Cutter
replaced with the cutter. After the cut- • Large variety of sizes for special
ter has passed over the fish, the work- applications
string should not be elevated until the • Knives are made from tool steel,
cutter is at the desired cutting depth. heat-treated, and contour ground
Once reaching the desired cutting for effective cutting
depth the string should be elevated to
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cutter Cutter
OD ID Connection
in. mm in. mm
3.813 96.8 3.125 79.4 3-13/16" TSWP
4.063 103.2 3.156 80.2 4" TSWP
4.531 115.1 3.625 92.1
4-1/2" TSWP
4.698 119.1 3.781 96.6
5.625 142.9 4.625 117.5 5-3/8" TSWP
6.000 152.4 4.875 123.8 5-3/4" TSS
6.125 155.6 5.125 130.2 6" TSWP
7.688 195.3 6.250 158.8 7-5/8" TSWP
8.313 211.1 6.813 173.0 8-1/8" TSWP
9.375 238.1 7.875 200.0 9" TSWP
11.375 288.9 9.875 250.8 10-3/4" TSWP
12.000 304.8 10.750 273.1 11-3/4" TSWP
14.250 362.0 11.875 301.6 12-3/4" TSWP
16.750 425.5 15.000 381.0 16" TSWP
Partial list only. Other connections and OD’s available. Contact your Baker Oil Tools Washover Outside Cutter
Representative for additional information. Product Family No. H17014
15
OUTSIDE SHEAR • Body constructed from AISI 4140 heat-

treated alloy steel
PIN CUTTER
• Knives are made from tool steel, heat-
Product Family No. H17113 treated, and contour ground for effec-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION tive cutting
The Outside Shear Pin Cutter is a me-

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
chanically operated tool used to cut and
remove tubing or drillpipe from the well- Cutter Cutter
OD ID Connection
bore. The Outside Shear Pin Cutter al- in. mm in. mm
lows the maximum ratio of fish OD to 3.375 85.7 2.000 50.8 3-5/16" TSWP
cutter OD of any outside cutter. Due to 3.375 85.7 4" TSWP
4.375 111.1
this feature, the cutter is not as rugged as 3.531 89.6 4-3/8" TSWP
the BG Outside Cutter, Washover Out- 4.562 115.9 3.750 95.3 4-1/2" TSWP
5.313 134.9 4.375 111.1 5" TSWP
side Cutter, or the Standard Outside Cut- 5.625 142.9 4.625 117.5 5-3/8" TSS
ter. The shear type cutter is used only 5.750 146.0 5.875 123.8 5-1/2" TSWP
when no other cutter may be used due to 6.250 158.8 5.250 133.4 6" TSWP
fish OD. 7.625 193.7 6.375 161.9 7-5/8" TSWP
8.125 206.4 6.813 173.5 8-1/8" TSWP
FEATURES/BENEFITS 8.750 222.3 7.750 196.9 8-5/8" TSWP
10.750 273.0 9.250 235.0 10-3/4" TSWP
• Smallest ratio of fish OD to cutter OD of 13.750 348.7 11.875 301.6 13-3/8" TSWP
any outside cutter Partial list only. Other connections and OD available.
• Cut is clean and requires no dressing Contact your Baker Oil Tools Representative for
additional information.
• The cut is made mechanically
Outside Shear Pin Cutter

WIRELINE CUTTER FEATURES/BENEFITS

Product Family No. H17026 • Allows wireline to be recovered in one
piece
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION • Provides a desirable fishing top in the
The Mechanical Wireline Cutter is used stuck tool
to cut wireline just above the rope socket • Saves rig time by eliminating fishing
of a stuck tool. This allows the cut line to trips with wire-rope spears
be retrieved in one piece while providing • Eliminates the need for a rig if wireline
a desirable fish top on the stuck tool. The and stuck tools can be recovered with
cutter can be run on wireline or pipe, if another wireline unit
clearances permit.
OPERATION SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Size Maximum
The cutter is installed over the wireline by OD Top Size of Cut
removing the keeper block. The keeper Connection
in. mm in. mm
block is replaced and the cutter attached 1.875 47.6 5/8" Rod Pin .500 12.7
to a run-in line or pipe by means of a rope 2.250 57.2 7/8" Rod Pin .750 19.1
3.500 88.9 2-3/8" EUE
socket or crossover sub. Cutter knives 1.000 25.4
4.250 108.0 2-7/8" EUE
are then activated by applying upward
strain on the run-in line or pipe that con-
tinues until the cut is indicated. The cut
wireline and run-in line or pipe is then re-
trieved and fishing operation begun on
the stuck tool.
Wireline Cutter
16
INTERNAL/EXTERNAL ENGAGEMENT TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
INTERNAL/EXTERNAL ENGAGEMENT TOOLS

The preferred method of engaging a fish is to screw in with drillpipe. When this is not possible, Internal and Ex-
ternal Engagement Tools provide an alternate means of reconnecting to the fish. Preferably, engagement tools
will have a releasing mechanism, allow circulation to the fish, and provide an unobstructed ID to allow for wire-
line operations. An overshot is normally the first choice when screwing into the fish is not possible. If the fish
can not be externally engaged, a releasable spear (or internal engagement device) should be used to retrieve
the fish. Non-releasable tools such as box taps and pin taps should only be used as a last resort or when the
fish top is badly damaged or unknown. All engagement tools are run with bumper jars to assist with engagement

and disengagement of the fish. Non-releasable devices should always be run with a safety joint to provide an
emergency disconnect in case the fish will not pull free.
DRILLPIPE
DRILLPIPE
ACCELERATOR JAR
ACCELERATOR JAR
DRILL COLLARS
DRILL COLLARS
OIL JAR
OIL JAR
BUMPER JAR
BUMPER JAR
TYPE D CASING SPEAR

(Refer to page 24)
RELEASING OVERSHOT
(Refer to page 18)
Internal Catch Bottomhole Assembly External Catch Bottomhole Assembly
17
Baker Oil Tools INTERNAL/EXTERNAL ENGAGEMENT TOOLS
THE SERIES 150 BOWEN® RELEASING

AND CIRCULATING OVERSHOT
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot is the strongest tool available
to externally engage, pack-off, and pull a fish. The basic simplicity and rugged construc-
tion with which it is designed have made it the standard of all external catch fishing tools.
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot is composed of three outside
parts: top sub, bowl, and guide. The Basic Overshot may be dressed with either of two
sets of internal parts depending on whether the fish to be caught is near maximum size
for the particular overshot.
Some special conditions apply. If the fish diameter is near the maximum catch of the
Overshot, a Spiral Grapple, Spiral Grapple Control, and Type “A” Packer are used. If the
fish diameter is considerably below maximum catch size (usually 1/2" [12.7 mm]), a Bas-
ket Grapple and a Basket Grapple Mill Control Packer are used.
Patented
Type “A” Double Lip
Packer Packer
Basket Grapple
Mill Control
Spiral Grapple Packer
Basket Grapple
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing
and Circulating Overshot Outer Seal
Spiral Grapple
Control
Overshots may be identified by one of the following strengths, known as “types”. They are: Full Strength
(F.S.) - Engineered to withstand all pulling, jarring and torsional strain; Extra Full Strength (X.F.S.) -
Engineered for extreme abuse; Semi-Full Strength (S.F.S.) - Engineered to withstand all pulling strain;
Slim Hole (S.H.) - Engineered to withstand heavy pulling strain only; and Extra Slim Hole (E.S.S.) -
Engineered for pick-up job only.
ITCO TYPE BOWEN® RELEASING SPEAR

Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spears provide a dependable, inexpensive, and simple
means of engaging a fish internally. These spears assure positive engagement, easy re-
lease from the fish when desired, and easy re-engagement after the spear has been re-
leased.
The Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spear consists of a Mandrel, Grapple, Release Ring, and
Nut. The Mandrel may be obtained in either a Flush Type or a Shoulder Type. Mandrel
Top Connections are furnished to order. The nut can be obtained as a plain bull-nose
guide or with a pin connection for the attachment of other tools below the spear.
Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spear
18
HIGH PRESSURE PACK-OFF ASSEMBLY

The High Pressure Pack-Off Assembly is an overshot accessory that is used to establish high
pressure circulation down the well or for tubing patch applications. The packoff is a simple
design consisting of the packoff sub with packing and packing retainer rings.
OPERATION

The High Pressure Pack-Off is run between the top sub and the bowl. Once a clean fish top
has been established, the High Pressure Pack-Off can be run with the overshot. The fish is
engaged following the operation instructions for the overshot. Once the fish has been posi-
tively engaged, it is possible to apply two to three times the pressure which can normally be
applied to a standard overshot packing. The packing is normally stacked to hold pressure in-
ternally and externally.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Converts standard overshot to a temporary or permanent tubing patch
• Allows high-pressure circulation to the fish to remove ID blockage and spot releasing fluid
• Packing corrosion resistant to downhole fluids; H2S service assemblies are available by
special request
• High-pressure packoffs designed to withstand two to three times the pressure for which
standard overshot packing is rated
High Pressure
• Packoff assembly threads compatible with popular overshot bowl and top sub threads Pack-Off Assembly
Product Family
No. H11059
BULLDOG OVERSHOT
The Bulldog Overshot is designed for straight pick-up only of fish with OD too large to be
caught by any other method. The overshot is a simple design, which incorporates a “C” grap-
ple. The overshot can be manufactured in one or two pieces.
The Bulldog Overshot is not releasable and has limited tensile and torsion strengths.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Smallest ratio of fish OD to overshot OD
• Simple design
Bulldog Overshot
Product Family
No. H11107
19
KELO SOCKET OVERSHOT FEATURES/BENEFITS

• Slip is only moving part
• Slip rides in a T-slot in the tool and opens and
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION sets without rotation
The Kelo Socket Overshots are simple designed • Optional oversize guides available to prevent
bulldog overshots that are used to catch small di- overshot from missing fish when washing over
ameter workstrings and sucker rods inside casing. • Optional guides dressed with SUPERLOY to
They are also used to recover coiled tubing that mill off flared ends or tops of tubing
has parted and been left in the hole.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OPERATION
Size Minimum Catch Maximum Catch
Prior to running, the Kelo Socket is dressed with in. mm in. mm in. mm
the correct slip. The tools are tripped in the hole, 2.125 54.0 0.000 0.00 0.625 15.8
and the Kelo Socket is lowered over the top of the 2.250 57.1 0.468 11.9 1.062 27.0
3.125 79.4 0.750 19.0 1.500 38.1
fish without rotation. If the fish has a flared top, it 3.500 88.9
is dressed off with the SUPERLOY dressed guide 3.750 95.2 0.625 15.9 1.688 42.9
using right-hand rotation. The rotary is then 3.813 96.8
0.750 19.0 2.000 50.8
stopped and the Kelo Socket is lowered over the 4.125 104.8
0.000 0.00 1.406 35.7
fish. 0.670 17.0 2.062 52.4
0.000 0.00 1.391 35.3
The slip is engaged by picking up on the work- 4.500 114.3
0.730 18.5 2.179 55.3
string. The slip, which has been pushed up the slip 0.000 0.00 1.449 36.8
guide, catches the OD of the fish and starts down 1.000 25.4 1.688 42.9
0.000 0.00 0.688 17.5
the slip guide’s tapered slot. The more pull, the
1.000 25.4 1.688 42.9
tighter the slip will grip the fish. 0.000 0.00 0.688 17.5
1.250 31.7 2.750 89.8
Note: This overshot is not releasable after the slip
5.750 146.0 0.125 3.1 1.700 43.1
is engaged. 1.000 25.4 1.688 42.9
0.000 0.00 0.688 17.5
Kelo Socket Overshot 1.000 25.4 1.688 42.9
Product Family 0.000 0.00 0.688 17.5
No. H11006 1.000 25.4 1.688 42.9
LOCKING PIN SUB from the fish using a releasing tool inserted
through the box ID.
Caution: Cannot be used with connections that
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION have a bore back.
The Locking Pin Sub is designed to replace the FEATURES/BENEFITS
standard screw-in sub when a backoff of stuck
• Reduces risk of premature back-out of screw-in
pipe or tubing is necessary.
point while performing a deeper backoff
OPERATION • Simple three piece construction consist of the
sub, pin collar and retainer ring
The Locking Pin Sub is made up to the bottom of • Provides easy release from recovered pipe
the workstring or fishing assembly and is de- once tools are out of the hole
signed to screw into the fish. After tagging the
• Standard API right-hand box up and pin down
downhole box of the fish, the Locking Pin Sub is
connections eliminates crossover sub and
made up into it. From this point, the Locking Pin
allows the Locking Pin Sub to be screwed
Sub cannot be backed off downhole. Normal jar- directly into fish from the workstring
ring or backoff operations can be carried out. The
• Normal right-hand rotation makes up split pin
recovered fish is then pulled from the hole. To re-
into the downhole box
move the Locking Pin Sub from the fish, slips are
• Unique eccentric cam on pin provides immedi-
set beneath the first tool joint under the Locking
ate lockup of the connection when left-hand
Pin Sub and all subs and collars above it are re-
moved. The Locking Pin Sub is then released rotation is applied
Locking Pin Sub

Product Family
No. H12060
20
T-DOG, MOUSE TRAP AND

FLIPPER DOG (TMF) OVERSHOT
The TMF Overshot is an overshot that can be dressed three
different ways for different applications. It is threaded on
both ends so that it may be run anywhere in a washover

string. There are no windows in the body of the tool, there-
fore it may be used in full washover applications.
OPERATION
The T-Dog Slips are designed to catch square shouldered
collared pipe. The T-Dog Overshot is used to washover and
recover mud stuck or sanded up collared pipe in one-trip
when the entire fish can be washed over. This type is releas-
able.
The Mouse Trap assembly is designed to catch sucker rod
or integral joint tubing. The Mouse Trap Overshot is effec-
tive at fishing cable, coil tubing, and sucker rods. Depending
on the application, the flapper may be manufactured with
cutting or gripping capabilities. When used for this applica- Flipper-Dog Cage Assembly
tion the overshot is not releasable.
The Flipper Dog assembly is designed for integral joint tub-
ing or a fish with different OD's. The Flipper Dog Overshot
may be used to washover mud stuck, sanded up collard or
integral joint pipe. When used for this application the over-
shot is not releasable. T-Dog Cage Assembly
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Solid body with no windows allows the overshot to be
used in the washover string for one trip recovery
• Cage design allows unrestricted passage of coupling
through the tool and lets the operator wash over several
joints of pipe
• Dogs and slips are energized by springs that place them
in the catch position automatically as they pass over and
under the coupling
• Box x pin washpipe connections allow overshot to be
positioned anywhere in the washover string
• Dressed with the T-Dog Cage, the tool is releasable at
any time
Mouse-Trap Cage Assembly
TMF Overshot
21
HYDRAULIC CASING SPEAR

The Hydraulic Casing Spear is designed to be run above a
mechanical or hydraulic inside casing cutter and used to re-
trieve casing sizes from 9-5/8" (244.5 mm) to 13-3/8"
(339.7 mm). This application allows for the cutting and pull-
Restriction Plug
ing of the casing string to be accomplished in one trip. The
Guide Ring spear can be rotated inside the casing string without engag-
ing. Once the cut is completed the spear can then be posi-
tioned at the desired location inside the casing string. The
rugged design of the spear makes it well suited to withstand
the most severe downhole environments for retrieval of cas-
ing.
OPERATION
Dress spear to the correct size casing to be engaged. It is
recommended to run the hydraulic spear one joint above the
cutter you are using. This will prevent having to strip out of
the casing at surface to lay down cutter and accessories.
Once cut has been made, pickup to position the spear at the
top of casing string. Drop restriction plug in drillpipe. Allow
one minute per 1,000 ft (305 m) for restriction plug to seat in
spear. Pressure up slowly to the necessary pressure drop
(minimum of 500 psi [34.47 bar]) to set spear. Once the Hy-
draulic Spear is set pickup and pull on casing. Pull out of
hole slowly. Set the joint of pipe on top of the Hydraulic
Spear in rotary and drop shear release ball in pipe. Pick up
kelly or top drive and screw into same. Pick up and set cas-
ing in slips and secure. Pressure up on spear to the neces-
sary shear load. Once shear screws are sheared spear is
released and can now be laid down.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows for cutting and retrieval in one trip
• Simple construction permits ease of operation and main-
tenance
• Bore through ID of tool permits circulation to casing cutter
Hydraulic Casing Spear
• Slips are retracted inside of body to prevent damage to
Product Family No. H12309 tool or casing when casing is being cut downhole
• Easily dressed for alternate casing sizes
• Set and released hydraulically. No mechanical interven-
tion required
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Outside Inside Overall
Tool Standard
Diameter Diameter Length
Size Thread
in. mm in. mm in. mm
8" 8.000 203.2 1.375 34.9 61.500 1562.1 4-1/2" IF
22 Rev., September, 2001

TRI-STATE® TYPE B™
CASING AND TUBING SPEAR
The Type B Casing and Tubing Spears are used to retrieve cas-
ing sizes from 4-1/2" - 13-3/8" (114.3 mm - 339.7 mm). The de-
sign of the spear makes it the easiest spear on the market to

release. The spear can be set for right-hand or left-hand release
and is easily field dressed to change the release setting.
OPERATION
To engage the spear, it is lowered into the fish until the slips are
past the top of the casing. One-quarter rotation will place the
spear in the catch position. Due to the slotted mandrel design,
the spear can be released with only enough downward travel to
break the freeze between the slip segments and the mandrel.
Once the freeze is broken, rotate one-quarter round in the re-
lease direction releasing the spear. The spear design will protect
the slips when running down inside the fish and may be run to
any depth. This feature makes the Type B perfect for setting un-
derwater casing patches.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple construction
• Slips with carburized teeth and large surface area
• Sets for left-hand or right-hand release
• Optional slips with vertical teeth for backing off
• Easily released
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Spear Spear
Size OD ID
4-1/2 - 5 114.3 - 127.0 3.625 92.0 .625 15.8
4-1/2 - 5-1/2 114.3 - 139.7 3.938 100.0
.750 19.0
5-1/2 - 7 139.7 - 177.8 4.500 114.3
7 - 8-1/8 177.8 - 206.4 5.750 146.1 2.000 50.8
8-1/8 - 9-5/8 206.4 - 244.5 6.875 174.6 3.000 76.2
9-5/8 - 11-3/4 244.5 - 298.5 8.250 209.6 2.000 50.8
Tri-State Type B Casing and Tubing Spear
11-3/4 - 13-3/8 298.5 - 339.7 10.500 266.7 2.750 69.9 Product Family No. H12609
23
TRI-STATE TYPE D™ CASING AND

TUBING SPEAR
The Type D Casing and Tubing Spears are used to retrieve all cas-
ing sizes from 4-1/2" - 30" (114.3 mm - 762 mm). The design of the
spear makes it ideal for backing off casing or rotating out mudline
hangers and packer bore receptacles. The spear can be set for right-
hand or left-hand release and is easily field dressed to change the
release setting. The J slot, which holds the spear in the catch or re-
lease position, makes this spear the most reliable for the recovery of
small light-weight fish.
To engage the spear, it is lowered into the fish until the stop ring is
taking weight. One-quarter rotation will place the spear in the catch
position. The spear is released by bumping down then applying one-
quarter rotation in the opposite direction. Because the mandrel must
travel down the body length of the J slot to release, the stop ring
should not be removed from the body.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple construction
• Slips with carburized teeth and large surface area
• Sets for left- or right-hand release
• Optional slips with vertical teeth for backing off
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Spear Spear
Size OD ID
4-1/2 - 5 114.3 - 127.0 3.625 92.1
.750 91
5-1/2 - 6-5/8 139.7 - 168.3 4.500 114.3
7 - 8-1/8 177.8 - 206.4 5.750 146.1 1.750 44.5
8-1/8 - 9-5/8 206.4 - 228.6 6.875 174.6
3.000 76.2
9-5/8 - 11-3/4 244.5 - 298.5 8.250 209.6
11-3/4 - 13-3/8 298.5 - 339.7 10.500 266.7
16 - 20 406.4 - 508.0 14.000 355.6 3.500 88.9
24 - 30 609.6 - 762.0 20.750 527.1
Tri-State Type D Casing and Tubing Spear

24
TYPE E™ CASING SPEAR the fish to avoid splitting the casing

and to assure a firm grip for pulling. If
a stop ring is used, sufficient weight
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION must be applied to ensure that the
spear stop rests on the casing. Pick-
The Type E Casing Spears are used
ing up on the string then forces the
to enter and engage casing so it can
slips outward from the slip cone to en-
be pulled from the hole. These casing
gage the pipe.
spears, designed to withstand the
most severe downhole requirements, The spear can be released at any

are available in two sizes. The smaller time by sharply dropping the string to
sizes handle 7" to 11-3/4" (177.8 mm break the contact between the slips
to 298.5 mm) casing, and the larger and mandrel, then rotating one-half
sizes handle casing that is 13-3/8" to turn to the right. The spear can be re-
30" (339.7 mm to 762.0 mm). set to the catch position by rotating
one-half turn to the left. The spear can
OPERATION be set and released repeatedly with-
The tool is normally run into the hole out coming out of the hole.
while in the catch position. Drill collars
FEATURES/BENEFITS
and jars are run when a stuck fish is
anticipated. • Heavy-duty, high-strength design
withstands the most severe down-
The Type E Spear may be operated in hole requirements
two modes: with a stop ring (i.e., when • Simple construction permits easy
the top of the casing is fairly uniform operation and maintenance
and the OD of the tool is unrestricted);
• Full-bore ID through tool
or, without a stop ring (i.e., in split cas-
ing or to set the spear deep within the • Smaller size may be run with an
casing). alternate slip retainer nut with stop
to indicate proper depth within the
Caution: When running this spear fish
without a stop, the friction between • 4140 heat-treated alloy steel con-
the spear slips and casing wall must struction
be great enough to release the slips.
• Easy field redressing for variable
When tripping in, the spear is carefully casing sizes and weights
lowered as it approaches the fish until • Can be set and released repeatedly
it is fully inserted into the fish. The without coming out of the hole
spear is then lowered several feet into
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Spear Spear
Size OD ID
7 - 11-3/4 177.8 - 298.5 4.750 120.7 1.500 38.1
13-3/8 - 30 339.7 - 762.0 10.500 266.7 3.500 88.9
Type E Casing Spear

25
CENTER PRONG AND

CRANKSHAFT ROPE SPEAR
Product Family Nos. H12028 and H12229
The Rope Spear is a reliable and efficient wireline and wire rope retrieval
tool. The rope spear retrieves all sizes of electric wireline, slick line, braid-
ed line, or other types of wire rope that have been left downhole. It can
also be used to retrieve control line or ESP cable that has been left down-
hole. This tool has been very successful in recovering these items in
cased or open hole.
Note: In cased hole it is recommended that a stop always be run above
the tool. In open hole it is recommended not to run a stop.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• One of the industry's most reliable, efficient tools for retrieving wireline
• Proven track record of hundreds of successful runs and many years of
maintenance free service.
• Retrieves cut wireline and rope still attached to a tool stuck downhole
Center Prong Rope Spear Crankshaft Rope Spear

Product Family No. H12028 Product Family No. H12229
LATCH JACK SPEAR

The Latch Jack Spear is a wireline fishing tool designed for fishing wire
through restrictions or wire that has become balled up.
OPERATION
The tool is manufactured from high tensile steel so that the prongs may
be forced down into or around a reasonably compacted ball of wire. The
design incorporates barbs on the ID only so that wire on the outside of the
tool may be easily pulled down rather than having to yield the wire creat-
ing smaller unfishable pieces.
Similar spears are manufactured without the latch in two and three prong
designs.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Tool will fish wire through restrictions
• Tool will fish balls of wire without creating smaller broken pieces of wire
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel
Latch Jack Spear


SPEAR PACK-OFF
The Spear Pack-Off is run just below a casing spear to pack off and allow hydraulic pressure to be
applied to the fish. Applying this pressure dramatically improves the lifting power of the fishing
string and helps break down sediment or formation by forcing circulation through and around the
fish.
OPERATION

The Spear Pack-Off is made up to the lower pin connection of a casing spear when fishing for cas-
ing. The tool is guided into the casing by a special guide positioned just below the packing element.
Once the packoff is inside the casing, spear operation continues. The pump is turned on if the cas-
ing needs to be pressurized or circulation established.
Caution: Special care should be taken when entering the casing stub not to damage the packing
element, particularly when the casing top has been damaged and has burrs or jagged edges which
will cut the element.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Special guide allows tool to enter casing without damage to the packing element
• This tool may mean the difference between retrieving a fish or having to make another attempt
• Continuous seal is enhanced when pressure is applied
SPECIFICATIONS
The Spear Pack-Off is available in casing sizes from 4-1/2" to 20" (114.3 mm to 508.0 mm).
Spear Pack-Off
SPEAR STOP SUB

The Spear Stop Sub is designed to be run on top of any type internal catch spear. It's main purpos-
es are to aid in the release of Bowen Itco Type Spears and used to prevent the spear from continu-
ing down the hole when you reset the oil jars. It can also be used as a positive locating and
positioning tool.
OPERATION
Make up the Spear Stop Sub on bottom of the bumper jars. Install the correct size stop ring. Make
up the Spear Stop Sub on top of the spear. Run in hole until stop ring lands on top of the fish. Per-
form your intended fishing operations.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design
• Available in different connections
• Large selection of stop rings for each sub
Spear Stop Sub


TAPER TAPS Once the Taper Tap is firmly seated in the

fish, attempt to retrieve the fish with
straight pull (dependent upon the fishing
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION scenario).
Taper Taps are used to engage the inside Caution: Taps are non-releasable and
of a fish where conventional releasing should be run with bumper jars and safety
spears would not be feasible. Like the Box joints. Taps should only be used when re-
Taps, the Taper Taps are designed to cut leasable engagement type tools are not
threads where no threads are present. an option.
Taper Taps can be used to fish tubulars,
bridge plugs, packers or other types of FEATURES/BENEFITS
downhole equipment. • Manufactured from high-quality ANSI
8620 material
OPERATION • Carburized wickers with high surface
Run Taper Tap into the hole and lightly tag hardness
the top of the fish. Pick up and begin to ro- • Available with right-handed or
tate slowly. Note the free torque of the left-handed wickers or connections
workstring. While rotating, slowly lower • Various sizes, lengths and connections
the Taper Tap into the fish until the torque are available on request to handle spe-
begins to build up rapidly. Increase the cific types of profiles
set-down weight as the torque increases.
Taper Taps
BOX TAP set-down weight as the torque increases.

Once the box tap is firmly seated on the
fish, attempt to retrieve the fish with
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION straight pull (dependent upon the fishing
scenario).
Box Taps are used to engage the outside
of a fish where conventional releasing Caution: Taps are non-releasable and
overshot would not be feasible. Like the should be run with bumper jars and safety
Taper Tap, the Box Tap is designed to cut joints. Taps should only be used when re-
threads where no threads are present. leasable engagement type tools are not
Box Taps can be used to fish tubulars, an option.
bridge plugs, packers or other types of
downhole equipment. The normal taper is FEATURES/BENEFITS
3/4" per foot which is the most effective for • Manufactured from high-quality ANSI
fishing applications. 8620 material
• Carburized wickers with high surface
OPERATION hardness and proper carrying strength
Run box tap into the hole and lightly tag • Available with right-handed or left-
the top of the fish. Pick up and begin to ro- handed wickers or connections
tate slowly. Note the free torque of the • Various sizes, length and connections
workstring. While rotating, slowly lower are available on request to handle spe-
the box tap onto the fish until the torque cific types of profiles
begins to build up rapidly. Increase the
Box Tap
28
HOLLOW PIN TAP going over the fish sticking out of the top
of the washpipe. Pick up and begin to ro-
tate slowly. Note the free torque of the
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION workstring. While rotating, slowly lower
the Hollow Pin Tap into the fish until the
The Hollow Pin Tap is designed for a very
torque begins to build up rapidly. Increase
specific operation. When a joint of wash-
the set-down weight as the torque in-
pipe has twisted off with a fish sticking out
creases. Once the Hollow Pin is firmly
of the top, a Hollow Pin Tap is usually the
seated in the fish, attempt to retrieve the
only solution. The Hollow Pin Taps are

fish with straight pull (dependent upon the
manufactured with any connection. The
fishing scenario).
taps have the same ID as the washpipe
connections. This allows washpipe that FEATURES/BENEFITS
has twisted off over the maximum wash- • Available in all washpipe connections
over size to be engaged.
• Manufactured from high-quality AISI
OPERATION 4140 material
• Carburized wickers with high surface
Run the Hollow Pin Tap into the hole and
hardness
lightly tag the top of the fish. Use caution
Hollow Pin Tap

PIN TAP begins to build up rapidly. Increase the

set-down weight as the torque increases.
Once the pin is firmly seated in the fish, ei-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION ther make a backoff or attempt to retrieve
the fish with straight pull (dependent upon
The Pin Tap is used to engage a tool joint
the fishing scenario).
connection that has been split or flared or
when conventional releasing type tools Caution: Taps are non-releasable and
have failed. It is also used to engage a tool should only be used when releasing en-
joint for a backoff. The threaded section of gagement type tools are not an option.
the Pin Tap is longer than the API pin di-
mensions for the given thread. Pin Taps FEATURES/BENEFITS
are available for most API drillpipe con- • Will make up in damaged threads
nections and have the recommended API • Full-bore for wireline
OD and ID of the tool joint. • Available in most connections
OPERATION • Manufactured from high-quality AISI
4140 material
Run the Pin Tap into the hole and lightly • Available with right-handed or
tag the top of the fish. Pick up and begin to left-handed taping threads
rotate slowly. Note the free torque of the
• Carburized wickers
workstring. While rotating, slowly lower Pin Tap
the Pin Tap into the fish until the torque Product Family No. H12101
29
Baker Oil Tools
NOTES
30
MILLS AND SHOES Baker Oil Tools
MILLS AND SHOES

Mills and Shoes provide a means to remove metal, cement, or other debris that has become lodged in the well-
bore. Mills come in a wide variety of types and are generally used when the full ID of the tubular needs to be
cleaned. Applications include milling tight spots, cement, tubing, packers, bridge plugs, and other debris. Boot
baskets are run above the mills to collect the larger pieces of debris. Rotary shoes are generally run with wash-
pipe in applications where only the material between the tubular being washed over and the ID of the casing or
formation need to be removed. Applications include but are not limited to sanded up tubing and open hole where
the formation has fallen in. Washover shoes are also used to mill over packers. This allows for minimum material

removal in order to free the packer. With both mills and shoes it is recommended to run jars and drill collars to
help prevent sticking.
DRILLPIPE DRILLPIPE
ACCELERATOR JAR
ACCELERATOR JAR
DRILL COLLARS
DRILL COLLARS
OIL JAR
OIL JAR
BUMPER JAR
BUMPER JAR
BOOT BASKET
(Refer to page 52)
DRIVE BUSHING
(Refer to page 79)
BOOT BASKET
(Refer to page 52) WASHPIPE
(Refer to page 110)
METAL MUNCHER JUNK MILL

(Refer to page 32)
METAL MUNCHER ROTARY SHOE
(Refer to page 35)
Junk Mill Bottomhole Assembly Rotary Shoe Bottomhole Assembly
31
Baker Oil Tools MILLS AND SHOES
METAL MUNCHER dard junk mill until a new row of inserts are
exposed.
JUNK MILL
Product Family No. H15102 The mills have been used to mill cemented
tubing, in some cases, at rates exceeding
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION 30 ft per hour (9 m/hr). Cemented drill col-
The METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill is lars and drillpipes have in many cases been
designed for milling stationary ob- milled faster than they could be washed
structions. The junk mill utilizes the over and recovered.
patented METAL MUNCHER tech- FEATURES/BENEFITS
nology as the lead cutting structure
• Increased penetration rates
while being backed up by SUPER-
LOY tungsten carbide. With the SU- • Increased mill life
PERLOY backing, if the METAL • Smaller, more uniform cuttings
MUNCHER inserts become dam- • SUPERLOY backing
aged the mill will perform like a stan-
METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill
CONE BUSTER MILL geous to keep the fish centered under the
mill for greater effectiveness.
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Ideal for milling bit cones in open hole
The concave Cone Buster Mill is
• Can be spudded on
dressed with SUPERLOY on the OD
and has a slight concave bottom. • Dressed with SUPERLOY
The mill is used for milling bit cones

or other objects where it is advanta-
Cone Buster Mill

PIRANHA MILL FEATURES/BENEFITS

Product Family No. H15111 • Ideal for milling tubing
• Increased mill life
• Offset center prevents coring
The Piranha Mill is a SUPERLOY • Can be dressed for open or cased hole
dressed mill with an offset center to
prevent coring.
The Piranha Mill is used for milling
cemented pipe and in situations were
there are large amounts of junk in the
hole that requires a mill with a longer
life. This mill is specially designed
with a deep “V” for maximum circula-
tion of fluid and to hold a large
amount of tungsten carbide dressing.
Piranha Mill

TAPER MILL damage. For openhole applications the

rough SUPERLOY Cutting Structure
would extend over the entire dressed
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION area of the mill.
Taper Mills are designed to enter restrict- When run with a section mill or pilot mill,
ed areas in casing, tubing, or open hole the Taper Mill acts as a stabilizer reduc-
and remove restrictions or obstructions ing vibration and increasing section mill
by milling. life. The Taper Mill also acts as a guide
when entering the casing.

Taper Mill designs vary based on the in-
tended use. Taper Mills designed for FEATURES/BENEFITS
uses inside casing are dressed with SU- • Mills restrictions from the casing ID
PERLOY from the reduced OD at the bot-
• Normally dressed with SUPERLOY
tom of the mill to the full drift of the
casing. Once full drift OD is reached, the • Can be used to open a damaged
Taper Mill will have a length of smooth, window
turned down SUPERLOY for stabiliza- • Can be dressed rough or smooth OD
tion, minimizing any unnecessary casing
Taper Mill
STRING AND WATERMELON MILLS

The String and Watermelon Mills are designed with
many functions in mind. One function of the mill is to
elongate casing windows during a whipstock opera-
tion. They can also be used to remove tight spots, re-
strictions, or dog legs in casing. These types of mills
are often run above section mills so any bird nesting
of cuttings can be broken up and circulated to ensure
that the section mill can be pulled out of the well. Most
of the mills have a standard drillpipe or drill collar con-
nection to eliminate crossovers.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Mills restrictions from the casing ID
• Normally dressed with SUPERLOY
• May be inserted into workstring at any point
• Can be dressed rough or smooth OD
String Mill Watermelon Mill

33
Baker Oil Tools MILLS AND SHOES
BAKER OIL TOOLS ROTARY SHOES

Product Family Nos. H15008, H15010, H15013,
and H15014
Baker Oil Tools Rotary Shoes are made from heat-
treated alloy steel and dressed with SUPERLOY,
METAL MUNCHER or Opti-Cut. They are used on the
bottom of washpipe in washover or milling operations.
The specific application will dictate the type shoe best
suited for the job.
Note: Consult your Baker Oil Tools Representative Type C Rotary Shoe (Flat Bottom; CH)
for specific recommendations.
The Type C Rotary Shoe is used to cut metal on the
fish where clearances are small. This shoe cuts on the
IMPORTANT ORDERING INFORMATION inside and bottom only.
To order, always specify shoe type: A through K; con-
nection size; thread and weight; OD and ID of body;
and OD and ID of cutting structure.
Type A Rotary Shoe (Tooth Type; OH) Type D Rotary Shoe (Flat Bottom; CH)
The Type A Rotary Shoe is used for washing over and Similar to the Type C Shoe, they Type D Rotary Shoe
cutting formation. The mill tooth design with side wings has an internal upset for use where clearance permits.
allows maximum circulation. This shoe cuts on the out- This shoe cuts on the inside and bottom only.
side and bottom only.
Type B Rotary Shoe (Tooth Type, CH) Type E Rotary Shoe (Flat Bottom; OH)
The Type B Rotary Shoe is used for washing over. Mill The Type E Rotary Shoe is used for washing over a
tooth design permits maximum circulation consistent fish in the open hole. It cuts on the outside and the bot-
with limited clearances. This shoe cuts on the bottom tom only.
only.
Note: OH = Open Hole Applications

CH = Cased Hole Applications
34

Type F Rotary Shoe (OH) Type J Rotary Shoe (OH)
The Type F Rotary Shoe cuts on the outside, inside The Type J Rotary Shoe (Scallop Bottom) cuts on the
and bottom. It is used for washing over and cutting the ID, the OD and the bottom face.
formation and the fish at the same time.
Type G Rotary Shoe (OH) Type K Rotary Shoe (CH)

The Type G Rotary Shoe is used to wash over fish and The Type K Rotary Shoe (Scallop Bottom) is used to
cut metal, formation or cement in the open hole with wash over and cut on the bottom face only. Does not
limited clearances. Cuts on the OD and the bottom. cut on the ID or OD.
Does not cut on the ID.
Type H Rotary Shoe (OH) METAL MUNCHER (Crown Type) Rotary Shoe (CH)
The Type H Rotary Shoe is used to mill away jagged The METAL MUNCHER Rotary Shoe can be used to
edges from small junk or bit cones so that the junk will mill over packers. It cuts on the bottom face and the ID.
pass into a junk basket to be retrieved or to cut forma-
tion for small cores. Effective in reverse circulation ap-
plications.
35
Baker Oil Tools
NOTES
36
CUTTING STRUCTURE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS Baker Oil Tools
METAL MUNCHER®
In 1985, Tri-State Oil Tools (later acquired by Baker) changed the fishing
industry forever with the introduction of the METAL MUNCHER carbide
insert. This insert and its patented application for milling tools has in-
creased penetration rates and mill life by as much as 1000%. METAL
MUNCHER buttons, as they are referred to, are made by pressing tung-
sten carbide powder into a mold and heating them in a furnace. The de-
sign of the button allows downhole milling similar to what is done using

a machine shop lathe. Available in .375 (9.5 mm) and .25 (6.35 mm)
sizes.
METAL MUNCHER cutting structures are used primarily on window
mills, sections mills and pilot mills. With the controlled cutting angle and
chip breaking features, these mills can be effective on high content
chrome steels and are engineered to cut the metal away instead of grind-
ing it. METAL MUNCHER mills produce small, uniform cuttings which
eliminate bird nesting and makes it easier to circulate the cuttings out of METAL MUNCHER
the well. By using METAL MUNCHER technology, the weight on mill re-
quired can be significantly reduced.
OPTI-CUT™
A new cutting insert from Baker Oil Tools Fishing Services is now
available for field application. Preliminary testing has shown very favor-
able results. The cutters are an improvement over the traditional SU-
PERLOY randomly crushed carbide cutters now in use. In some very
specialized applications they may also be used in place of the METAL
MUNCHER insert. The cutters are designed to act much like SUPER-
LOY, but are no longer randomly shaped. Each piece has identical ge-
ometry optimized so that no matter how the cutter is placed on the body
of the cutting or milling tool, there is always a sharp cutting edge and/or
point looking up. As the cutter is worn down, new cutting edges and
points are exposed. The new cutter has a total of sixteen cutting points
and eight cutting edges. Applications range from thru-tubing fishing, Opti-Cut
packer milling, washover shoes, casing /tubular cutting and milling, or
anywhere extremely sharp cutting edges are desirable. Opti-Cut is
available in rods similar to the SUPERLOY rods. They are applied using
the same heat guide lines as SUPERLOY. The individual inserts are
laid randomly.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Optimum shaped geometry assures sharp cutting edges and points
are looking up no matter how the insert is positioned Opti-Cut
• Sixteen cutting points and eight cutting edges
• Sharp edges and points result in less weight and increased ROP SPECIFICATION GUIDE
• Rod form for easy application Size
Material No.
• Increased surface area for improved bonding to base metal in. mm
• Dual concave ends for maximum exposure of cutting points 1/8 3.17 H09-43873-10
3/16 4.76 H09-43873-11
• Smaller cuttings easier to circulate out of the hole
1/4 6.35 H09-43873-12
5/16 7.93 H09-43873-13
3/8 9.52 H09-43873-14

Baker Oil Tools CUTTING STRUCTURE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
DIAMONDS
The application of synthetic PDC (polycrystalline diamond compact) and surface set diamonds for milling tools
provide an alternative for cutting and milling operations involving hard material or hard formations. PDC inserts
are used in underreaming operations where hard formation or long sections are to be underreamed. Mills and
shoes are dressed with surface set diamonds to meet special application involving hard material or where extra
long mill life is required. Diamond Speed Mills are commonly used to cut hard material and formation together.
Diamond Rotary Shoes are commonly used to cut over stuck BHA with hardened or insert type stabilizers.
Diamond Rotary Shoe Diamond Speed Mill PDC Insert
SUPERLOY®
This material is made of crushed sintered tungsten
particles that are suspended in a special copper base
brazing-type alloy with high nickel content. Tungsten
carbide is the finest milling material available for
downhole steel cutting or milling tools. SUPERLOY is
used for all types of downhole cutting and milling. We
provide Junk Mills of all types and sizes. Rotary
Shoes for all sizes and Tapered and String Mills of
various OD's. SUPERLOY works well on milling loose
junk such as bit cones, tong dies, packers, and for
washing over stuck or cemented pipe. SUPERLOY
can be used to dress off the OD or ID of casing to pro-
vide for a clean top for casing patch operations. SU-
PERLOY is used on the Upper and Lower
watermelon mills for Baker Oil Tools WindowMaster Superloy
System.
FEATURES/BENEFITS SPECIFICATION GUIDE

• Tight control of manufacturing process assures
Size Material
uniformity and quality. No.
in. mm
• Highest quality cutting carbide used 0.375 x 0.313 9.525 x 7.950 HT01-2000-02
• Rod form for easy application 0.313 x 0.250 7.950 x 6.350 HT01-2000-03
• Ideal for junk milling 0.250 6.350 HT01-2000-04
0.188 4.775 HT01-2000-05
• Multiple applications
0.125 3.175 HT01-2000-06
0.563 14.228 HT01-2000-07
38
PACKER MILLING AND RETRIEVING TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
PACKER MILLING AND RETRIEVING TOOLS

Packer Milling and Retrieval tools provide a means of milling and recovering packers in one run. As a general
rule permanent packers are milled with a packer shoe that has an ID 1/16" bigger than the OD of the mandrel
and an OD at casing drift. After milling down to the top slips the packer can usually be pulled from the well. For
retrievable packers that will not release it is recommended to run a shoe with a large ID and an OD at drift. With
retrievable packers it is normal to mill down to the top slips before the packer can be pulled. There are two cat-
egories of packer recovery tools, one type engages the top of the packer and the other engages the bottom. Itco
spears and taps engage the top of the packer. Mechanical or hydraulic PRT’s run below the packer into the mill-

out extension and engage the packer from the bottom. Boot Baskets and jars are recommended in all packer
milling and recovery operations.
DRILLPIPE
DRILLPIPE
ACCELERATOR JAR
ACCELERATOR JAR
DRILL COLLAR
DRILL COLLAR
OIL JAR
OIL JAR
BUMPER JAR
BUMPER JAR
BOOT BASKET
(Refer to page 52)
BOOT BASKET
(Refer to page 52)
BOOT BASKET
(Refer to page 52)
BOOT BASKET
(Refer to page 52)
MODEL M J-JOINT
(Refer to page 45)
PACKER MILL (Refer to page 40) EXTENSION
PRT EXTENSION
SHOE
HYDRAULIC PACKER RETRIEVER TOOL

(Refer to page 43)
ITCO SPEAR
(Refer to page 18)
Packer Mill Bottomhole Assembly Packer Shoe Bottomhole Assembly

Baker Oil Tools PACKER MILLING AND RETRIEVING TOOLS
METAL MUNCHER PACKER MILL

The METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill is designed for milling pack-
ers in the shortest possible time without creating large debris.
The packer mill utilizes patented METAL MUNCHER technology
as the lead cutting structure while being backed up by SUPER-
LOY. With the SUPERLOY backing, if the METAL MUNCHER
inserts become damaged, the mill will perform like a standard
packer mill until a new row of inserts is exposed.
The METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill can be used with most
packer retrieving spears. The aggressive cutting structure of the
inserts can be effective in the milling of high chrome, harsh en-
vironment packers.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Increased penetration rate
• Increased mill life
• Smaller cuttings
Bottom View
• By milling the entire packer away, large pieces of packer
debris are eliminated
• SUPERLOY backing
METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill
• Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel
• Proven to reduce spinning of packer components such as
rings or cones
40
PACKER MILLING TOOLS,

MODELS CJ™, CB™, AND CC™
Product Family Nos. H74706, H74702, and H74703
Three different but related models of the Baker Packer Mill-
ing Tools are available for milling over retainer production
packers, cement retainers, and bridge plugs. Although pri-

marily designed for milling and recovery of Baker equip-
ment, these tools are also available in both standard and
special sizes to mill over and recover other makes of pack-
ers, cement retainers, and bridge plugs.
OPERATION
Model CJ, Product Family No. H74706 is used to mill over
and retrieve retainer production packers. It contains a catch
sleeve which is used to retrieve the body of the packer after
the outside portion of the packer has been milled up.
Model CB, Product Family No. H74702 is used to mill over Model CC Packer
retainer production packers and push them to bottom. It is Milling Tool
Product Family
identical to the Model CJ Milling Tool except that it does not No. H74703
contain a catch sleeve. It does retain the body assembly,
stabilizing the milling shoe in the casing during milling. To
convert a Model CJ Milling Tool to a Model CB Milling Tool,
remove the catch sleeve and spring.
Model CC, Product Family No. H74703 is used to mill over
bridge plugs or cement retainers and push them to bottom.
It is identical a Model CJ Milling Tool without the stinger. To
convert a Model CJ to a Model CC Milling Tool, remove the
stinger assembly and install thread protector.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Minimum drill-out time
• Model CJ and CB stabilize the milling shoe in the casing
• Model CJ is used to mill over and recover in one trip
• Model CJ has an emergency release if the packer cannot
be retrieved
• Easy to convert from one model to another
Model CJ Packer Model CB Packer

Retrieving Tool Milling Tool
Product Family Product Family
No. H74706 No. H74702
41
CK™ PACKER (2,268 kg) to 10,000 lbs (4,536 kg). Then take
approximately 15,000 lbs (6,804 kg) to 20,000
MILLING TOOL lbs (9,072 kg) upstrain to engage the spear in
Product Family No. H74708 the packer bore. Once the spear is properly en-
gaged pick up drill string slightly above neutral
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION position. Hold slight right hand torque and slow-
The Model CK Packer Milling Tool is used to ly lower the drill string. A downward movement
mill over and retrieve retainer production pack- of approximately three feet will release the mill
from the J-slot and milling operations can be-
ers with seal bore extensions, pup joints, land-
ing nipples, etc., where the Model CJ™ Packer gin.
Milling Tool is not applicable. It includes a
FEATURES/BENEFITS
spear, which is used to latch into and retrieve
• Easy to operate
the body of the packer after the outside portion
• Allows for milling and retrieving the packer in
of the packer has been milled up.
one trip
OPERATION • Can be released to replace the shoe if
needed
When the packer is reached, set down until the
spear is in the packer bore. Set down 5,000 lbs
CK Packer Milling Tool

MECHANICAL PACKER ters the packer bore the retrieving slip is forced
up into a position where the OD is reduced to
RETRIEVING TOOL allow passage through the packer bore. As the
Product Family No. H14031 slip clears the lower end of the packer, it drops
into the catch position. The milling operation
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION may now be preformed and the packer re-
The Packer Retrieving Tool is used to remove trieved. The spear will remain in the catch posi-
drillable packers from the wellbore. It is used as tion and withstand severe upward strain and
the retrieving mechanism of a packer milling- sudden movement of the packer. If necessary,
retrieving assembly. The Packer Retrieving the retrieving spear may be released from the
Tool passes through the bore of the packer and packer bore by right-hand rotation and lowering
engages the lower end of the packer to allow a of the fishing string after the spear slip has
one-trip milling and recovery operation. been pulled into friction contact with the packer
bore.
OPERATION
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The Packer Retrieving Tool is installed at the • The tool can be released and reengaged
lower end of the milling assembly by means of multiple times
extension joints. This allows the spear to clear • May be run with a jarring assembly
the lower end of the packer bore before the • Wide variety of grapple sizes
packer milling shoe or mill makes contact with • Hydraulics or shearing by overpull not
the outside of the packer. When the spear en- needed to release the spear
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Top OD of Tool Catch Range
Series
Connection in. mm in. mm
100 1-13/16" TS PRT 1.750 44.5 1.968 - 2.750 50.0 - 69.9
200 2.375 60.3 2.468 - 3.250 62.7 - 83.0
Mechanical Packer 2-1/4" TS PRT
300 2.750 69.8 3.00 - 4.00 76.2 - 101.6
Retrieving Tool
Product Family No. H14031 400 3-1/8" TS PRT 3.500 88.9 4.00 - 5.00 101.6 - 127.0
500 3-1/4" 6P Acme 4.250 108.0 4.750 - 6.00 120.7 - 152.4
42
SHEAR PIN PACKER number of shear pins have been installed in the
spear mandrel and grapple. As the spear en-
RETRIEVING TOOL ters the packer bore, the grapple shear set
Product Family No. H14136 screws shear, giving a positive indication of en-
try into the packer. The grapple remains in the
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION catch position during the milling operation. If it
The Shear Type Packer Retrieving Tool (PRT) is necessary to release the spear from the
is a combination mill and spear designed to re- packer, the workstring is picked up to the load
cover drillable packers in a one-trip milling and that has been predetermined to shear the pins
recovery operation. in the spear mandrel.

OPERATION FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows one-trip milling and recovery
Prior to running the tool, it is important to en- • Ideal for high-angle holes; unique shear pin
sure that: 1) the proper grapple has been in- design eliminates “J-ing” action
stalled; 2) sufficient lengths of PRT extension • Spear is releasable from the packer
joints have been added; and 3) the correct • Can be run with packer mill
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Top OD of Tool Catch Range
Series
Connection in. mm in. mm
100 1-13/16" TS PRT 1.750 44.5 1.968 - 2.750 50 - 69.9
200 2-1/4" TS PRT 2.375 60.3 2.468 - 3.250 62.7 - 83
300 2-1/4" TS PRT 2.750 69.8 3.00 - 4.00 76.2 - 101.6
400 3-1/8" TS PRT 3.500 88.9 4.00 - 5.00 101.6 - 127.0
500 3-1/4" 6P Acme 4.250 108.0 4.750 - 6.00 120.7 - 152.4
Shear Pin Packer

Retrieving Tool
HYDRAULIC PACKER through the packer bore. This method has

proven to be very desirable in highly deviated
RETRIEVING TOOL holes where the activation of J slots or straight
Product Family No. H14066 over-pull shearing can be difficult.
The secondary method of releasing is accom-
plished by shearing the emergency shear ring.
The Hydraulic Packer Retrieving Tool (PRT) Normal shear ring values range from 200,000
provides a reliable method of milling and re- to 500,000 lbs (90,909 to 227,272 kg) of over-
trieving permanent packers in one run. This tool pull. Hydraulic jars should be run to apply the
provides the operator two releasing methods high shearing force required at the tool.
should it become necessary to release from the
packer downhole. FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design - the grapple is the only mov-
OPERATION ing part
The primary release is activated by increasing • Hydraulic release provides an easy release
the flow rate through the tool forcing the grap- mechanism in highly deviated wells
ple up the PRT mandrel into the release posi- • Emergency shear-ring release
tion. The increased circulation rate is • May be used with packer mill or burning shoe
maintained until the PRT spear has been pulled • May be latched and released repeatedly
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD ID Shear Pin Load Grapple Catch Sizes
Series Top Connection
in. mm in. mm lbs kg in. mm
100 1-13/16" PRT 1.813 46.0 .375 9.5 60,000 27,215 2.688 68.3
3.250 82.6
300 3-1/8" PRT 3.125 79.3 .500 12.7 110,000 49,895
3.875 98.4
3.875 98.4
400 3-1/8" PRT 3.688 93.6 .500 12.7 110,000 49,895 4.000 101.6
4.400 111.8 Hydraulic Packer
4.750 120.7 Retrieving Tool
500 4-1/4" PRT 4.625 117.4 1.000 25.4 110,000 49,895 5.000 127.0 Product Family No. H14066
6.000 152.4
43
MODEL B™ PACKER the body lock the J Sub in position until the fish is
engaged.
RETRIEVING TOOL
OPERATION
Product Family No. H14132 The releasable engaging tool is spaced out so the
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION fish will be engaged before the shoe can come in
contact with the packer or bridge plug. Once the fish
The Model B Packer Retriever is used to burn over
has been engaged, picking up will shear the pins
and retrieve in one trip packers without millout ex-
and allow the body to be released from the J Sub.
tensions, cement retainers and bridge plugs. The
Normal packer milling operations are carried out
tool is designed to be used with a releasable engag-
from this point. When the string is elevated, the J
ing device. The tool is also used to retrieve blanking
Sub will re-engage the body.
plugs from permanently set packers. The Type B
Packer Retriever consists of two parts: the body
FEATURES/BENEFITS
with the washpipe threads on both ends and a J
• Packers with tailpipe assemblies and without mill-
Sub with a small diameter workstring thread. The
out extensions may be milled over and recovered
body has a built-in stop and two internal lugs to con-
in one-trip
trol the J Sub. The stop will not allow the J Sub to
• Constructed from heat-treated alloy steel
pass through the bottom of the body. Shear pins in
• Wide selection of washpipe connections
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Washpipe Bottom J Sub OD of Body ID of Body
Connection Connection in. mm in. mm
3-13/16" TSWP 2-1/4" PRT 3-13/16 96.8 2-9/16 65.1
4" TSWP 2-3/8" FJ 4 101.6 2-11/16 68.3
4-3/8" TSWP 2-1/4" PRT 4-3/8 111.1 3-5/16 84.1
4-1/2" TSWP 2-3/8" EUE 4-1/2 114.3 3-3/16 81.0
5" X-Line 2-7/8" EUE 5-3/8 136.5 3-3/4 95.3
5-1/2" TSWP 2-3/8" API Reg 5-1/2 139.7 4-1/16 103.2
Model B Packer 5-3/4" TSS 2-7/8" EUE 5-3/4 146.1 4-1/4 108.0
Retrieving Tool
8-1/8" TSWP 3-1/2" API IF 8-1/8 206.4 6-3/8 161.9
Product Family
Partial list only. Other connections and sizes available. Contact your local Baker Oil Tools Representative.
No. H14132
MODEL MB™ PACKER picking up the outer string. Right-hand rotation and
set down is then applied to the outer string to un-J
RETRIEVING TOOL the tool. The milling process can now begin.
Product Family No. H14138 A typical hookup for the MB Packer would be as fol-
lows: below the inner mandrel there would be a J-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION safety joint followed by an extension, a stop sub,
another extension, a shear sub and finally a spear.
The Baker Type MB Packer Retriever is used to
burn over and retrieve packers without millout ex- The outer string would be made up as follows: drive
tensions, cement retainers and bridge plugs. The sub, extension then the MB Packer Retriever. An-
tool differs from the Model B Packer Retrieving Tool other extension would be run below the MB Packer
in that the Inner Mandrel has 2 keys which run in a Retriever and below that would be the washover
J-slot on the lower J-slot housing. shoe.
The tool is also used to retrieve blanking plugs from
permanently set packers and, on the same trip, to
FEATURES/BENEFITS
clean sand from the top of the packer after the well • Packers with tailpipe assemblies and without mill-
has been reworked or squeezed above the packer. out extensions may be milled and recovered in
one-trip
OPERATION • Right-hand rotation eliminates risk of backing off
threads
The mandrel is pinned with brass shear pins while
• Any type of engaging mechanism may be run
the tool is run in downhole. Once the fish has been
below tool
engaged the MB Packer Retriever is sheared by
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool
Casing OD
Size
Model MB Packer in. mm
Retrieving Tool 7 5.750 146.1
Product Family 9-5/8 8.125 206.4
No. H14138
44
MODEL M™ J-JOINT The double J design of the mandrel eliminates the

need to run any type of safety joint below the releas-
Product Family No. H14133 ing joint. This is a great advantage when a taper or
box tap must be used. The double J also makes it
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION possible to use higher weights both up and down
The Model M J-Joint has a simple two piece design without accidentally releasing.
consisting of the outer body and the double J man-
drel. FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Any type engaging mechanism may be run
The M J-Joint is used in conjunction with a washover
• Eliminates the need for a safety joint
assembly to burn-over and retrieve packers in one
• Easily released and reengaged multiple times

trip. The three main advantages of this tool are the
double J release, the ability to pull out of the hole and • Can be manufactured with any washpipe connec-
replace shoe without releasing engagement device, tion
and the ability to engage the fish with any type of fish- • Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy
ing tool prior to the burn-over operation and remain steel
engaged through the operation. • Double J eliminates risk of accidental release
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool
OD Drive Bushing Mandrel
in. mm
3.750 95.3 3-3/4" W.P. HYD Box x Pin 1-13/16" WFJ Box x Pin
4.000 101.6 4" W.P. HYD Box x Pin
4.375 111.1 4-3/8" W.P. HYD Box x Pin 1-1/4" Reg Box x Pin
4.500 114.3 4-1/2" W.P. HYD Box x Pin
5.360 136.1 5" X-LINE Box x Pin
5.500 139.7 5-1/2" W.P. HYD Box x Pin
5.625 142.9 5-5/8" W.P. HYD Box x Pin 2-3/8" Reg Box x Pin
6.000 152.4 6" W.P. HYD Box x Pin
8.010 187.7 7-5/8" X-LINE Box x Pin Model M J-Joint
MODEL CP-3™ the bridge plug or cement retainer body by setting

down no more that 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg). Take an
PLUG PLUCKER upstrain to assure the latch is properly engaged.
Once the latch is properly engaged, set down ap-
Product Family No. H74714 proximately 10,000 lbs (4,536 kg) to shear the
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION shear screws. Milling operations can now be per-
formed.
The Model CP-3 Plug Plucker is used to retrieve
Baker Bridge Plugs and Cement Retainers. The plug FEATURES/BENEFITS
plucker utilizes a latch with left-hand wickers that en- • Bridge plugs and cement retainers can be milled
gage the thread bore like a spear. The wickers are over and retrieved in one trip
effective even if threads are slightly damaged or
• The plug plucker has the ability to mill completely
have become partially filled with cement. After milling over the bridge plug or cement retainer with the
operations are complete the remaining portion of the
plug plucker still latched into it
plug or retainer is recovered in the same run.
• The plug plucker has a built-in emergency
release
OPERATION
It is recommended to run a Baker Boot Basket and
drill collars above the Plug Plucker. Run the CP-3
Plug Plucker in the well and latch into the threads of
Model CP-3 Plug Plucker


Baker Oil Tools
NOTES
46
JUNK RETRIEVAL TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
VACS APPLICATION
The Baker Jet Basket is a highly effective tool used to recover objects such as bit cones, bearings, broken slips
and hand tools. The fluid exiting the jet ports creates a suction at the base of the tool, pulling in any loose debris
or junk from the well bottom and into the junk basket where it is held by the tools’ junk catchers.
DRILLPIPE

DRILL COLLARS
DRILLING JAR
DRILL COLLARS
STABILIZER
(Refer to page 74)
DRILL COLLAR
BIT SUB
JET JUNK BASKET

(Refer to page 50)
Baker Jet Basket Bottomhole Assembly
47
Baker Oil Tools JUNK RETRIEVAL TOOLS
VACS PLATFORM CHART

VACS Engine
Jet Bushing
with Ball Seat
Jet Bushing
with Plug
System
Filter
Slotted Perforated No
Screen
Liner Pipe Filter
Diverter Diverter
Diverter
Catcher
inside of inside of
Debris
Flapper Flipper Internal inside of

Boot Washpipe with Washpipe with
Valve Dog Washpipe with
Basket Slotted Perforated
Screen
Liner Liner
Attachments
Special Special
Bottom
Special
Open Special Special Packer Mill Packer Shoe
Scraper Piranha
Ended Window Mill ✸ Pilot Mill with or without with or without
Junk Mill
PRT PRT
✸ Some conditions apply, please contact your local Baker Oil Tools Representative.
48
STANDARD milling procedures for the particular

application being performed. During
VACS™ SYSTEM milling operations, the cuttings will
Product Family No. H13125 travel up through the center of the
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION milling tool and up through the divert-
er tube where the cuttings will fall out
The VACS tool is designed to capture as the milling fluid flows through the
cuttings downhole and prevent metal screen and out the jet bushing.
cuttings or junk from reaching the sur-
FEATURES/BENEFITS

face during milling operations. The
VACS tool consists of a jet bushing, a • Keeps subsea BOP’s clean of cut-
drive sub, 2-3 joints of washpipe, tri- tings
ple connection bushing, screen joint • Metal cuttings do not become sus-
and bushing, and a diverter tube. This pended in the drilling or milling fluid
allows for conventional circulation • Traps all cuttings downhole
down through the workstring while
• Can be used with all non-hydraulic
performing a reverse circulating ac-
milling tools
tion downhole. This tool is ideal for
keeping cuttings from accumulating • Can be used to remove large
inside a subsea BOP stack, deep wa- amounts of debris from the bottom
ter riser or becoming suspended in of the well
the milling fluid. • Reduces mud cost
• Debris volume can be increased
OPERATION
• Mud yield and viscosity are not a
Position the VACS tool within 60 to factor in the tool’s performance
120 ft (18.3 m - 36.6 m) above your • Captures cutting during milling oper-
milling assembly. Establish normal ations
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Torque Approximate
OD
Size Connection Rating Overall Length✸
in. mm ft-lb N/m ft m
5" 5.360 136.1 3-1/2" IF (NC-38) 9,550 12,950
7-5/8" 8.010 203.5 4-1/2" API IF (NC-50) 25,000 33,900 100 30.5
9-5/8" 10.100 256.5 6-5/8" API Reg 48,500 65,760
✸ This length is with three joints of washpipe assembled within the tool.
VACS
49
VACS JET BASKET pumps and stop rotation. If a core has been cut,
there will be a slight overpull when the core
APPLICATION breaks. To help break the core, it may be neces-
Product Family No. H13096 sary to burn over the core by rotating a few times
without circulation. Pull out of the hole, and at sur-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION face remove basket head and inspect retrieved
junk.
The Baker Jet Basket is an effective tool used in
the recovery of junk from the well bottom. The Bak- FEATURES/BENEFITS
er Jet Basket operates on the principle of convec-
• Simple operation
tive acceleration. The fluid exiting the jet ports
creates a suction at the base of the tool, pulling in • Five tools cover almost all casing and hole sizes
any lose debris from the well bottom into the junk • Low maintenance with quick disassembly and
barrel where it is held by the tool’s junk catchers. reassembly
• Ability to circulate through the tool before wash-
OPERATION ing over the junk
• Washpipe connections at jet bushing allow for
Make up the Baker Jet Basket at the bottom of the
extensions to be placed in tool
workstring. Trip in hole, circulation through the tool
can take place any time if desired. Before bottom • Jet bushing section can be removed to convert
is tagged, make up the kelly and begin circulating to a Globe Type Junk Basket
through the tool until you are at the well bottom. • Core can be cut if desired
Establish parameters above the junk, stop circula-
tion, and break the kelly to drop a steel ball; the
kelly is then made up. To seat the ball, circulate
3/4 of the workstring volume or allow approximate-
ly 1,000 ft (304.8 m) per minute for the ball to fall.
After the ball seats, optimum running pressure for
this tool should be in the range of 1,500 - 2,500 psi
(103.4 - 172.3 bar). With pumps running, begin ro-
tating slowly (30 to 60 rpm) while easing the Jet
Basket to the bottom. Continue to work tool by
raising the string off the bottom and slowly slack-
ing off while rotating. To help prevent the screen
from clogging when recovering small junk, period-
ically shut the pumps down when the tool is off bot- Lower Catch
tom and then restart the pumps. This should
rearrange the junk in the Jet Basket to help im-
prove suction. After this motion of raising and low-
ering the string has been run for a few minutes,
stop rotation and shut the pumps off to pull out of
the hole.
Note: If required, a small core can be cut before
pulling out of the hole.
If a core is cut, the maximum size should be the
distance from the face of the basket head to the
back of the catchers inside the basket head, When
ready to recover jet basket with core, shut off Upper Catch
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Head Max
Top Sub
OD Catch
Connection
in. mm in. mm
2-3/8" API Reg 3.625 92.1 2.719 69.1
2-7/8" API Reg 4.625 117.5 3.406 86.5
3-1/2" API Reg 5.875 149.2 4.313 109.6
4-1/2" API Reg 7.375 187.3 5.625 142.9
6-5/8" API Reg 10.250 260.4 7.813 198.5
Baker Jet Basket
Product Family
No. H13096
50
GLOBE TYPE drilling will be recovered above the core.

If no recovery is made, but a good core is
JUNK BASKETS recovered, in most cases normal drilling
Product Family No. H13022 may continue.
The Globe Type Junk Basket is used to • Simple design and operation
recover any type of small objects that • Does not require a ball to operate
may be in the wellbore. It is a simple de- • Easily converts to a Baker Jet Basket

sign, which consists of a hollow milling
head, a double set of free rotating finger
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
catchers, middle body, and top sub. By
adding the Baker Jet Bushing associated Min Head Body
Head OD ID OD Connection
with the Baker Jet Basket, the Globe in. mm in. mm in. mm
Type Junk Basket can be turned into a 4.000 101.6 3.031 77.0 4.000 101.6 2-3/8" API Reg
4.625 117.5 3.406 86.5 4.500 114.3 2-7/8" API Reg
reverse circulating junk basket.
5.500 139.7 4.313 109.6
5.500 139.7
5.875 149.2 4.813 122.3 3-1/2" API Reg
OPERATION 6.250 158.8 5.438 138.1 5.750 146.1
7.125 181.0 5.625 142.9 7.125 181.0
The Globe Type Junk Basket is posi- 7.375 187.3 6.189 157.2
7.375 187.3
tioned in the well just off bottom. Circula- 7.875 200.0 6.531 165.9 4-1/2" API Reg
tion and rotation parameters are 8.250 209.6 7.189 182.6 8.125 206.4
9.000 228.6 6.531 165.9 8.313 211.2
established. The successful operation of 10.250 260.4 7.688 195.3 10.125 257.2
the Globe Type Junk Basket requires that 11.250 285.8 9.125 231.8 10.375 263.5 6-5/8" API Reg
a core be cut from the formation. Any 14.500 368.3 12.375 314.3 13.750 349.3
junk that may have obstructed normal

Globe Type Junk Basket
INTERNAL BOOT BASKET

The Internal Boot Basket is designed to trap debris too small to be recovered in a stan-
dard finger type junk catcher. The Internal Boot Basket is run with a Baker Jet Bushing.
OPERATION
The Internal Boot Basket is run below the Baker Jet Bushing. The Internal Boot Basket
can be run with or without a standard junk basket head with finger catchers. Anytime
the pumps are being used the Internal Boot Basket will pick up junk.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• No moving parts
• Can be manufactured with any washpipe size or connection
• Captures small debris
Internal Boot Basket

51
WASHPIPE BOOT BASKET inner connections are available with 8

round or PRT connections.
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION OPERATION
The Washpipe Boot Basket has multiple The Washpipe Boot Basket should be
functions in a washover assembly. Like run as close as possible to the mill. Mill-
the standard boot basket, the Washpipe ing procedures are carried out as usual
Boot Basket is used to trap cuttings too with normal circulation. Additional boot
large to be circulated out. The washpipe baskets may be run in tandem to in-
connection eliminates the need for a crease the junk catching capacity.
crossover bushing. The Washpipe Boot FEATURES/BENEFITS
Basket with the third inner connection is
• Reduces crossovers in the workstring
used for packer milling and recovery op-
erations. In both operations, components • The first drop in annular velocity occurs
of the BHA are eliminated reducing the at the boot catcher
risk of BHA failure. • Simple design and operation
• Eliminates the need for a drive sub
The Washpipe Boot Basket is available in
most of the smaller washpipe sizes. The
Washpipe Boot Basket

TYPE B™ BOOT BASKET dem to increase the junk catching

capacity.
• Simple design and operation
Type B Boot Baskets are used to trap cut-
• Constructed from AISI 4140 heat-
tings which are too large to circulate out
treated alloy steel
of the hole during drilling, milling, or junk
fishing operations. The design of the • Can be run in tandem
Boot Basket traps junk by producing a • Box down, pin up design so that Boot
sudden decrease in annular velocity Basket may be run directly above a mill
when the cuttings pass the larger OD of or bit
the boot reaching the smaller OD of the • May be ordered with 18" (45.7 cm) or
body and top connection. 36" (94.1 cm) long baskets
• Boot can be removed for inspection of
OPERATION
the entire tool
The Type B Boot Basket should be run as • Excellent torsional and buckling
close as possible to the mill, bit, or junk strength
basket. Milling procedures are carried out
as usual with normal circulation. Addi-
tional Boot Baskets may be run in tan-
Type B Boot Basket


SUPER DOWNHOLE If the Downhole Magnet is used in

milling or drilling operations, it is rec-
MAGNETS (PATENT PENDING) ommended that it be run higher in the
Product Family No. H13102 string to prevent extreme weight from
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION being applied to the magnets. Should
the Downhole Magnet be used to pick
The Downhole Magnet is added to the up perforating gun debris, it is run be-
bottomhole assembly to help remove low the perforating guns. For cleanout
ferrous metal debris. Possible appli- runs, it can be located just above a

cations are window cutting, packer scraper or clean out device.
milling, junk milling, or clean-out runs.
The tool houses magnets that attract Handling Notes:
metal chips from the wellbore fluid. The following are safety issues that
The metal chips are then removed should be noted with regard to the
from the well via the Downhole Mag- handling of Downhole Magnets.
net. 1. The magnets on the Downhole
The Downhole Magnet can also be Magnet are very strong and can
used to clean cuttings and other fer- affect instruments such as com-
rous metal debris out of casing col- passes and PC storage devices.
lars, horizontal wellbores, and subsea 2. Because of the strength of the
BOP stacks. magnets, hands and/or fingers
can easily be trapped or smashed
The Downhole Magnet is used to as-
between the magnets and the
sist with cutting and milling debris re-
metal objects they attract.
moval in situations with either low
annular velocity or with well fluids that FEATURES/BENEFITS
have poor carrying capacity. • Catches cuttings downhole
OPERATION • Helps keep cuttings out of mud sys-
tem
The Downhole Magnet can be incor-
• Magnets are replaceable
porated in the workstring as needed.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Connection Length
OD ID
in. mm in. mm Thread Up Thread Down in. mm
NC-38 NC-38
4.750 120.7 2.000 50.8 66 1676.4
3-1/2" IF Box 3-1/2" IF Pin
NC-50 NC-50
6.500 165.1 3.000 76.2 80 2032.0
4-1/2" IF Box 4-1/2" IF Pin
6-5/8" Reg with 6-5/8" Reg with
8.000 203.2 3.500 88.9 80 2032.0
Stress Relief Box Stress Relief Pin
NOTE: Consult Baker Oil Tools Marketing/Engineering before milling applications that require extremely high
weight on mill or torque on mill. Not recommended in applications that produce larger amounts of cuttings such
as a pilot or section milling jobs.
Super Downhole Magnets

53
Baker Oil Tools
NOTES
54
SPECIALTY TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
UNIVERSAL WELLHEAD THE RATTLER

RETRIEVING SYSTEM The Rattler is designed to be run in the bottomhole
The Universal Wellhead Retrieving System is de- assembly to give low frequency upward impacting vi-
signed to run in conjunction with a Hercules Multi- bration to a fish. The Rattler is ideal for sand stuck or
String Cutter to provide a one-trip method for removal gravel pack liner recovery operations. The tool oper-
of a subsea wellhead from the ocean floor. The sys- ates at flow rates between 1 bpm and 3 bpm
tem is designed to work with wellheads from any (159 lpm and 477 lpm). The tool can be torqued and
manufacturer. The tool allows for cutting of multiple jarred through and will operate with any engaging de-

strings in tension reducing drillpipe wear and increas- vice.
ing stabilization.
DRILLPIPE DRILLPIPE
LONG STROKE BUMPER JAR

ACCELERATOR JAR
DRILL COLLARS
UNIVERSAL WELLHEAD
RETRIEVING SYSTEM
(Refer to page 56)
OIL JAR
BUMPER JAR
BUMPER JAR
STABILIZER THE RATTLER

(Refer to page 74) (Refer to page 65)
PORTED SUB

(Refer to page 11) DRILLING SAFETY JOINT
(Refer to page 75)
SPEAR
STABILIZER
(Refer to page 18)
(Refer to page 74)
Universal Wellhead Retrieving System Bottomhole Assembly The Rattler Bottomhole Assembly
55
Baker Oil Tools SPECIALTY TOOLS
UNIVERSAL WELLHEAD and bumper jar are made up below

the Universal Wellhead Retrieving
RETRIEVING SYSTEM System for correct cutting depth.
Product Family No. H12215 Long stroke bumper jars or slack
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION joints are made up on top of the
tool. The tool is run in the well in the
The Universal Wellhead Retrieving release position. The top of the well-
System is designed to be run in head is slowly tagged with landing
conjunction with a multi-string cutter ring, and 1/4" round of left-hand
(capable of cutting multiple strings torque is applied at the tool.
of casing) to provide a one-trip 50,000 lbs (22,679 kg) to 300,000
method for removal of a subsea lbs (136,080 kg) is pulled over the
wellhead from the sea floor. workstring weight. Rotating torque
is established. Recommended
OPERATION
pump pressure is slowly applied as
The Universal Wellhead Retrieving needed to operate the multi-string
System consists of an adjustable lift cutter. Cutting continues until pipe
lug assembly and landing collar po- is cut.
sitioned on an inner mandrel. The
If the operator is unable to cut the
lifting mechanism is supported on
pipe and needs to disengage the
the mandrel by a thrust bearing,
Universal Wellhead Retrieving Sys-
thereby permitting the mandrel to
tem, he can slack off until the J-Lug
rotate. The multi-string cutter,
engages J-Slot. Slight right-hand
mounted on the bottom of the man-
rotation may be needed. After en-
drel, is rotated by rotating the man-
gaging J-Slot, the system is picked
drel. The lift lug assembly is
up. This action will put the tool in the
designed to engage an internal up-
release position. The operator can
set in the wellbore. This technique
now pull the tool out of the hole.
provides positive engagement and
eliminates the reliance on the pene- FEATURES/BENEFITS
tration of wickers into the ID of the • Simple operation
wellhead. Lift lug engaged diameter
• Easily adjusted to catch well-
is controlled with interchangeable
heads of all manufacturers
sleeves. Depth of lift lug position in
the wellhead is controlled by adjust- • Will not damage sealing areas
ing the placement of the landing col- • Keeps workstring in tension while
lar. cutting
• One-trip to cut and recover well-
The stabilizer, multi-string cutter,
head reduces rig time
ring type space out assembly, nec-
essary pup joints or pony collars,
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Maximum Tensile Load Diameter
Wellhead
Static Dynamic Over Lugs
Size
lbs kg lbs kg in. mm
17.687 448.8
17.875 453.8
18.125 460.0
18-3/4" 1,240,000 562,454 362,000 164,200
18.375 466.7
18.500 469.9
18.750 476.3
Universal Wellhead Retrieving System
56
TYPE E™ CUT subs and stabilizer so that distance

from cutter knives to stop ring on
AND PULL SPEAR spear is at the correct depth that you
Product Family No. H12213 want to make the cut. Run in hole until
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION stop ring lands on top of casing to be
cut. Rotate half round to the right, pull
The Type E Cut and Pull Spear is a on spear to make sure spear is set.
Type E Spear modified for rotation to Maintain 5,000 - 10,000 lbs (2268 -
be run in tandem with the multi-string 4536 kg) overpull on spear while cut-

cutter. It is available in two sizes: one ting. Start rotary and pump pressure
for 9-5/8 in. (244.5 mm) to 11-3/4 in. as called for in the multi-string cutter
(298.5 mm) casing; and one for manual. If casing cannot be pulled or
13-3/8 in. (339.7 mm) to 30 in. knives have to be changed out, slack
(762 mm) casing. The spear replaces off 19 in. (483.0 mm) to close spear
a trip with the conventional marine and apply 1/2 round left-hand torque.
swivel and cutter, therefore trip time is Spear can now be pulled to surface.
reduced to a single trip.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The spear has a drive mandrel with
19 in. (483.0 mm) free travel that ro-
tates inside the slip body and a thrust • Carbonized slip teeth engaging
bearing in the bottom sub. By incorpo- large surface area minimizes casing
rating a right-hand set and a left-hand damage
release, the spear is in the set posi- • Easily modified to catch non- API
tion at all times when cutting. A fishing casing sizes
bumper sub with a minimum of 20 in. • One-trip to cut and recover casing
(508.0 mm) stroke is required to re- • Most parts interchange with stan-
lease the spear. This also allows the dard E spear
downward movement of the spear to • Can be used as conventional casing
keep weight off the knives of the cut- spear
ter when releasing.
OPERATION
Make up multi-string cutter, 20 in.
(508.0 mm) stroke bumper jar, spacer
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Bearing Load
Spear ID
Size Connection Dynamic Static
in. mm in. mm lb kg lb kg
9-5/8 - 11-3/4 244.5 - 298.4 1.500 38.1 4-1/2" API IF 113,000 51,363 231,000 105,000
13-3/8 - 30 339.7 - 762 2.250 57.1 6-5/8" API Reg 173,102 78,682 595,743 270,792
Type E Cut and Pull Spear

57
MARINE SWIVEL
SEAL EXTRACTOR
The Marine Swivel/Hanger Seal Extractor is used ex-
clusively on floating rigs to suspend a cutting string in
a fixed vertical position. To accomplish this, the Marine
Swivel/Hanger Seal Extractor must land on a fixed
point in the riser, blowout preventers, or subsea well-
head. For cutting larger casing strings, after the riser
has been removed, adapter rings can be added to the
Marine Swivel/Hanger Seal Extractor. The addition of
the hanger seal extractor, which on in place of the
adapter ring and blank bottom, enables this tool to ex-
tract the hanger seal assembly from a subsea well-
head.
The Marine Swivel Seal Extractor lands onto an inter-
mediate casing hanger in an 18-3/4 in. (476.3 mm)
subsea wellhead. The integral seal extractor snaps into
the casing hanger seal assembly when landed. To op-
erate effectively in either application, a slack joint or
long stroke bumper jar should always be run above the
Marine Swivel/Hanger Seal Extractor. This will elimi-
nate premature movement of the swivel and also re-
duce the drill string flex, resulting in an uneven cut.
After the intermediate casing string is cut, the casing
hanger seal is released with a straight pull. A Ring
Type Space-Out Assembly (Product Family No.
H17035) is run below the swivel so the cutter is posi-
tioned at the desired cutting depth if knife changes
have to be made.
Marine Swivel Seal Extractor Marine Swivel with Blank Bottom FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows pinpoint accuracy for the repositioning of a
cutter
• Heavy duty bearings
• Releases and recovers the casing hanger seal
assembly
• Seal extractor easily adapted to retrieve any straight-
pull-release seal assembly
• Allows the operator to cut intermediate string, then
recover hand seal assembly and intermediate string
in one run
• Normally run with Hydraulic Spear and Multi String
Cutter
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Outside Inside Overall
Tool Standard
Diameter Diameter Length
Size Thread
18-3/4" 18.55 471.12 3.50 88.9 61.50 1562.1 6-5/8" Reg Box x Pin
58
TIMMONS BACKOFF TOOL

The Timmons Backoff Tool is used to transmit torque
through a workstring into the casing at a desired point. In
most cases, the limiting factor in torque restriction is the
workstring. All Timmons tools have a right-hand box on one
end and a left-hand connection on the other end.

OPERATION
The Timmons Backoff Tool uses an opposing cam design.
When the tool is rotated the slips will ride up on the cams
causing the tool to grip inside the casing. The more torque
that is applied the tighter the tool will grip. Opposite rotation
will allow the tool to release.
When backing off casing, the Timmons tool is run with the
left-hand tool joint connection up and left-hand pipe to sur-
face. The tool can be set at any time by simple rotation to
the left. The tool is released by right-hand rotation. For mak-
ing up casing, the tool is run with the right-hand connection
up on right-hand pipe.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• The tool will ensure that the casing does not back out at a
higher point Section View
• When making up casing, the joints above the make-up

point will not be over torqued
• The opposing cam design eliminates any risk of slippage
• High torque breakout capacity, limited by workstring only
• Simple design
• The same tool is used for breakout and makeup
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing
Top Bottom
Size
Connection Connection
in. mm
5 127.0 2-7/8" API (Left-hand) 2-7/8" API (Right-hand)
7 177.8 3-1/2" API IF (Left-hand) 3-1/2" API IF (Right-hand)
7-5/8 193.7 3-1/2" API IF (Left-hand) 3-1/2" API IF (Right-hand) Section View
8-5/8 219.1 3-1/2" API IF (Left-hand) 3-1/2" API IF (Right-hand)
9-5/8 244.5 6-5/8" API Reg (Left-hand) 4-1/2" API IF (Right-hand)
13-3/8 339.7 6-5/8" API Reg (Left-hand) 4-1/2" API IF (Right-hand)
16 406.4 6-5/8" API Reg (Left-hand) 4-1/2" API IF (Right-hand)
20 508.0 6-5/8" API Reg (Left-hand) 4-1/2" API IF (Right-hand)
Timmons Back-Off Tool

59
HYDRAULIC CASING MAKEUP TOOL

The Hydraulic Casing Makeup Tool is used to apply isolated
downhole makeup torque across a casing connection. The
tools major application is for those cases where a section of
damaged casing is to be removed
OPERATION
The power or drive section is positioned to straddle the con-
necting casing coupling. The upper anchor is set in the casing
area above this coupling and allows right-hand rotation to be
imparted into the upper casing until it is seated and torqued to
applicable specifications.
The Hydraulic Casing Backoff Tool is the complimentary tool
to this unit and is used to break-out and disconnect the dam-
aged casing.
Contact your nearest Baker Oil Tools Representative for com-
plete operating procedures.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• All torque is transmitted from the Makeup Tool Anchor sec-
tion directly to the casing member
• Make up of casing is accomplished without the need of spe-
cial strings of heavy wall drillpipe or high strength tool joints.
• No rotary action is required after engaging upper and lower
anchors in respective casing sections during the make up
operation
• Torque can be isolated across a downhole casing connec-
tion without having to over-torque all of the upper casing
connections during make up operations
• Specific torque can be applied to the connection by regulat-
ing the pressure applied to the tool
Upper Anchor Drive Section Lower Anchor
Hydraulic Casing Makeup Tool

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Max Max
Size
Size Wt Torque Pressure
in. mm in. mm lbs/ft kg/m ft-lbs kg/m psi bar
7.000 177.8 17.0 - 41.0 25.3 - 61.0
5.625 142.9 25,000 3457.5 3,900 269.0
7.625 193.7 24.0 - 66.9 35.7 - 99.6
60
HYDRAULIC CASING BACKOFF TOOL

Hydraulic Casing Backoff Tools are hydraulically operated
downhole breakout tools used to back off casing at a known
or desired coupling location. They are often used as an alter-
native to running a casing patch during a casing repair pro-
gram.

OPERATION
The typical Hydraulic Casing Backoff Tool assembly consists
of one stand of drill collars, mechanical collar locator, lower
anchor section, backoff section, upper anchor section, pump
out sub, several stands of drill collars and workstring. Normal-
ly the casing is cut and pulled then the Hydraulic Casing
Backoff Tool is used to remove the stub.
The tool is assembled and run in the well to the desired depth.
The mechanical collar locator pinpoints the collar to be
backed off, and the backoff tool straddles the collar. The an-
chor sections are set hydraulically, and the tool is then cycled
until breakout is accomplished. The pump is turned off and
the workstring picked up. This releases the anchors and al-
lows the tool to be tripped out of the well. The backed off cas-
ing is then retrieved with an appropriate spear.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Eliminates “blind” backoffs of casing and allows operator to
back off casing at known depth and location
• High torque breakout capacity
• Anchor sections contain special carbide insert slips which
make firm bites into casing ID to withstand torque output of
tool
• Leaves threaded connection for reengaging with new cas-
ing string. Maintains full casing integrity when casing is
screwed back together properly
• Eliminates restricted ID after repairing casing
• Simple design consists of the top anchor section, backoff
tool and lower anchor section
• No left-hand workstrings required for backoff
Upper Anchor Drive Section Lower Anchor
• Over torquing of tool joints in workstring is eliminated, sav-
ing connections Hydraulic Casing Backoff Tool
• Can be used with tubing as a workstring, if necessary Product Family No. H14210
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Max Torque
OD Top Length
Size Wt at 5,000 psi
Connection
in. mm in. mm lbs kg/m ft m ft-lbs
4.500 114.3 3-1/2" API Reg 5-1/2 139.7 14 - 23 20.8 - 34.3 15,000
7 177.8 17 - 38 25.3 - 56.6 28 8.53
5.625 142.9 3-1/2" API IF 25,000
7-5/8 193.6 24 - 47.1 35.7 - 70.2
9-5/8 244.4 32 - 53.5 47.7 - 79.7
10-3/4 273.0 32.75 - 65.7 48.7 - 97.7
8.000 203.2 6-5/8" API Reg 34 10.36 50,000
11-3/4 298.4 42 - 60 62.5 - 89.3
13-3/8 339.7 48 - 72 71.4 - 107.1
61
HYDRAULIC The tools are run in the well and the

fish is engaged. Anchor slips are set
REVERSING TOOL with pump pressure, then bled off,
Product Family No. H14110 and the collar weight is lowered onto
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION the anchor section. Next, the tool is
pressured up to make backoff. When
Baker Oil Tools Hydraulic Reversing the fish connection breaks, a de-
Tools are hydraulically operated crease in pump pressure will occur.
backoff tools that are used to apply The reversing tool is cycled until the
break out torque and to unscrew connection is completely backed out.
lengths of drillpipe, tubing, or drill col- Then the pump is turned off and the
lars. workstring is picked up. This releases
the slips in the anchor section and al-
OPERATION
lows the fish to be tripped out of the
The reversing tool is made up to the hole.
top of a typical fishing string (i.e., a
left-hand box tap, taper tap or over- FEATURES/BENEFITS
shot; a left-hand J-joint and one or • Good for deep directional wells
more joints of left-hand drillpipe). A • Requires no special strings of left-
5 ft (1.5 m) pup joint, bumper and oil hand, heavy-wall, high-strength tool
jars, 4-6 drill collars, crossovers, and joints
the workstring are then added above • Simple design consists of upper
the anchor section. anchor section and reversing tool
Note: All connections above the an- assembly
chor section are right-hand.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Casing Torque
OD Top
Size Weight Output
Connection
in. mm in. mm lbs/ft kg/m ft/lbs N/m
4.500 114.3 3-1/2" API Reg 5-1/2 139.7 14-23 20.8-34.2 15,000 11,111
7 177.8 17-38 25.3-56.5
5.625 142.9 3-1/2" API IF 25,000 18,518
7-5/8 193.7 24 - 47.1 35.7-70.0
9-5/8 244.5 32 - 53.5 47.6-79.5
10-3/4 273.1 32.75 - 65.7 48.7-97.4
8.000 203.2 6-5/8" API Reg 50,000 37,037
11-3/4 298.5 42 - 60 64.2-89.2
13-3/8 339.7 48 - 72 71.3-107.0
Hydraulic Reversing Tool

62
WASHOVER a screw-in sub, taper tap, box tap or

other fishing tool, J™ Type Safety
DRILL COLLAR SPEAR Joint and drill collar spear. The wash-
Product Family No. H14014 over assembly is run in and slacked
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION off over the top of the fish until the
screw-in sub or tap makes contact,
Washover Drill Collar Spears are and the inside assembly is made up
used with washover strings to catch into the fish. The washpipe is then
and recover drill collars and pipe slacked off to proceed with washover.

which have become stuck off bottom.
The spear enables washover, backoff When the fish falls free during wash-
and recovery operations to be accom- over operations, the spear automati-
plished in a single trip and eliminates cally catches it.
the problem of stripping fish out of FEATURES/BENEFITS
washpipe by allowing the fish to be
• Saves time and reduces number of
positioned at the bottom of the wash-
trips by combining washover, back-
pipe string.
off and recovery operations in a sin-
OPERATION gle trip
• Reduces risk of losing fish during
The Washover Drill Collar Spear is
washover operations
run inside the washover pipe, set in a
control bushing near the bottom. The • Eliminates fish and hole damage
inside assembly generally consists of from dropped fish
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Washpipe Max Min
Joint Weight
Size OD ID
Connection
in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs kg
5-6 127 - 152.4 4-5/8 117.5 1-3/4 44.5 2-7/8" API IF 620 281.2
6 - 6-5/8 152.4 - 168.3 5-1/4 133.4 1-1/2 38.1 3-1/2" API IF 850 385.6
7 - 8-1/8 177.8 - 206.4 6-3/4 171.5 2 50.8 4-1/2" API FH 1,140 517.1
8-3/8 - 9-5/8 212.7 - 244.5 8-1/4 209.6 5-1/2" API Reg 1,500 680.4
10-3/4 273.1 9-1/4 235.0 2-3/4 69.9
6-5/8" API Reg 2,600 1179.3
11-3/4 298.5 10-1/4 260.4
Washover Drill Collar Spear

63
HYDRAULIC The anchor section, which is run im-

mediately below the relief valve, an-
PULLING TOOL chors the tool to the casing wall. The
Product Family No. H14027 anchor section provides a large slip
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION engagement area to safely transmit
the heavy pulling strains with mini-
The Hydraulic Pulling Tool is de- mum risk to the casing.
signed to pull objects from cased well-
bores using hydraulic pump pressure. The pulling section is run below the
The tool is designed to anchor in the anchor section. A blanking sub is run
casing, exert its pulling force on the below the pulling section so that hy-
fish below and transmit this force to draulic pressure may be applied.
the casing rather than the surface The pulling tool may be used with me-
equipment. This design allows the chanical fishing tools, such as an
pulling tool to be used with most con- overshot, spear, or screw-in assem-
ventional workover rigs and small bly.
workstrings. The pulling tool may be
used to pull liners, retrievable pack- FEATURES/BENEFITS
ers, or any other objects that require • Will operate off rig pumps or revers-
heavy pulling strains. ing unit
The pulling tool is composed of three • May be used with small workstring
sections: • May be used with low weight capac-
ity workover rig
The relief valve, which is run on top
• May be used with any mechanical
of the tool, allows release of the slips
fishing tool
if differential pressure exist at the tool.
It also prevents pulling of a wet string.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing OD of
Range Pulling Tool Pulling Ratio ✸
in. mm in. mm
5 127.0 4.000 101.6 35:1
5-1/2 - 6-5/8 139.7 - 168.3 4.500 114.3 47:1
7 - 7-5/8 177.8 - 193.7 5.500 139.7 65:1
8-5/8 - 9-5/8 219.1 - 244.5 7.000 177.8 106:1
✸ Denotes pounds (lbs) of pull force per one (1) psi of applied pressure.
Hydraulic Pulling Tool

64
THE RATTLER The tool uses a dart valve system to

give reliable operation. The tool be-
gins operation at about 1.0 bpm of
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION flow. At this point a dart closes a valve
and an internal hammer is driven
The “RATTLER” provides a source of
downwards by fluid pressure and
low frequency vibration at the point
flow. After a predetermined amount of
where it is needed, downhole. It fills a
travel the dart releases and opens the
much-needed gap between jars,
valve. The mandrel is then driven up-
which can only hit every minute or

wards by large springs and impacts
two, and surface vibrators that have
against a shoulder. This cycle repeats
limited affects in deviated or horizon-
until flow is lowered below 1.0 bpm.
tal wells.
The “RATTLER” is designed to be run FEATURES/BENEFITS
on a BHA to give low frequency up- • Reduced load factors on workstring
ward impacting vibration to a fish. • Operation independent of overpull
This makes it ideal for sand stuck, or set-down loads
gravel pack liner, and point stuck • Fast Impact as compared to cycling
equipment (i.e., packers) removal op- jars
erations, or deviated wells and deep • Impact generated by fluid circulation
wells where surface vibration or jars
• 720 - 1,100 blows per minute
would be ineffective. The tool oper-
ates at flow rates above 1.0 bpm and • 70,000 - 75,000 lbs (31,752 -
up to 3.0 bpm. Varying the rate of flow 34,020 kg) impact* per blow (instan-
varies the impact rate directly, giving taneous impact)
the operator full control. Tool opera- • 530,000 lbs (240,408 kg) tensile rat-
tion is independent of overpull. This ing
allows for high or low overpulls to be • 32,000 ft/lb (4425.6 m/kg) torque
applied as needed during vibration. rating (Max)
The tool can be torqued and jarred • Up to 450°F (232°C) operation tem-
thru and is sealed to the annulus. perature
Tool is for use in clear fluid types such • No need for high tensile workstrings
as water, brine, or calcium chloride. • No special equipment needed to
operate
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Outside Overall
Tool
Diameter Length Standard Thread
Size
in. mm ft m
4.750 4.750 120.65 22 6.7 3-1/2" IF
The Rattler
65
EXPANDING maintain 2,000 - 5,000 lbs (907 -

2,268 kg) of weight on bottom. Noz-
HYDRAULIC MILL zles in the bit or Expanding Mill should
Product Family No. H15098 be sized to provide a suggested pres-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION sure drop of 500 psi (34 bar), which
will keep the blades expanded during
The Expanding Hydraulic Mills are run milling. Light weight is maintained on
above drill bits or mills to open the the mill, and torque is monitored.
casing ID to a greater diameter than When the operator is satisfied that all
drift. They can be used to scrape cas- restriction has been removed, the
ing ID to remove scale or cement prior hole is circulated clean, the pumps
to running a packer, and can also are stopped, and the tools are tripped
function as hydraulic stabilizers to out of the hole.
centralize the cutter when cutting cas-
ing. Blades can be dressed with Note: Can also be used as a torque
METAL MUNCHER Style Carbide In- barrier (i.e., coiled tubing milling oper-
serts to remove steel or cement, or ations).
with hard metal for stabilizing. Various FEATURES/BENEFITS
weights of the same size casing can
• Rugged design enables tool to
be milled with one set of blades, due
expand and scrape casing ID and
to the unique design of the tool’s stop
function as a hydraulic stabilizer
collars.
when cutting casing
OPERATION • Unique stop collar design allows
various weights of the same size
Prior to running, the expanding mill’s
casing to be milled with one set of
stop collars are mechanically set to
blades
maintain true full-bore gauge milling
and reaming. The expanding mill is • Blades are available with METAL
made up to the mill or bit and run in MUNCHER carbide inserts or hard
the hole with sufficient drill collars to metal coating
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Closed
Weight
OD Connection OD
in. mm lbs/ft kg/m in. mm
5-1/2 139.7 14 - 23 20.8 - 34.2 2-3/8" API Reg 4.250 108.0
7 177.8 23 - 38 34.2 - 56.5 5.625 142.9
3-1/2" API Reg
7-5/8 193.7 24 - 39 35.7 - 58.0 6.375 161.9
8-5/8 219.1 28 - 44 41.6 - 65.4 7.000 177.8
4-1/2" API Reg
9-5/8 244.5 32.30 - 53.50 48.0 - 79.5 8.000 203.2
Expanding Hydraulic Mill

66
GEOTHERMAL The packer is then set mechanically by the hy-

draulic motor on the lubricator. Once the
VALVE CHANGER packer is set, the lubricator is released from
Product Family No. H20079 the packer and removed from the wellhead.
The wellhead valve or wellhead can then be
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION removed and changed. After the repairs have
The Geothermal Valve Changer System is been made, the lubricators are once again
used to change wellheads or wellhead valves made up to the wellhead, reconnected to the
quickly and easily. This package consists of a packer, and the packer is mechanically re-
packer, a hydraulic lubricator assembly, and leased by the hydraulic motor on the lubrica-

power unit. A customer furnished lifting crane tor. It is then retrieved back into the lubricator.
to lift the packer and lubricator onto the well- The new valve is closed and the pressure is
head is required. bled off the lubricator.
• Constructed to withstand the highly corro-
The Geothermal Packer is mechanically set
sive gas and steam found in geothermal
below the wellhead by utilizing the hydraulic wells
lubricator and power unit. It is set in the casing
• Eliminates the need to move a rig on loca-
bore to stop all flow of steam, allowing the ex-
tion to insert a plug or kill the well with fluid
isting wellhead to be replaced or repaired, or
to cut out a length of bad casing under the • Valve changer has packer, snubbing unit,
wellhead and lower it. and lubricator in one package
• Closed loop hydraulic system controls run-
With the packer inside the lubricator, the lubri-
ning, setting, releasing, and retrieving of
cator is attached to the wellhead valve. Steam
packer
is released gradually into the lubricator until it
reaches wellhead pressure and is equalized. • Customer furnished equipment is held to a
The lubricator then hydraulically lowers the minimum on a normal valve change opera-
tion Geothermal Valve Changer
packer into the casing below the wellhead. Product Family No. H20079
DOG LEG REAMER le section provides a primary rotation point

that is adjacent to the bottom of the mill. The
Product Family No. H15124 milling section consists of several sleeves that
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION are rotationally locked onto the body. The
sleeves are dressed with METAL MUNCHER
The Dog Leg Reamer was designed to pro- inserts or SUPERLOY for maximum milling
vide a means by which an offset in the casing efficiency.
may be removed to allow a liner to be run to
bridge the dog leg. FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Replaceable mill sleeves for easy field
OPERATION dressing
The tool consists of a milling section, a knuck- • Knuckle joint can pivot up to 15° before
le section and an articulated section. The ar- binding will occur
ticulated section provides a pilot into the • Sealed knuckle joint allows circulation for
wellbore below the offset to eliminate the risk hole cleaning
of an accidental sidetrack. The sealed knuck-
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Tool
Size OD Connection
in. mm in. mm
5-1/2 140.0 4.750 120.7 2-7/8" API Reg
7 178.0 6.241 158.5 3-1/2" API IF
Dog Leg Reamer

67
SURFACE FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Portable - Consists of oscillator, hydraulic
RESONANCE TOOL power pack, hydraulic hoses and control
Product Family No. H14052 panel. Packaged in two units. Designed for
transportation and handling by conventional
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION means
Resonance is the application of force to a • Rugged Design - Capable of withstanding
moving body in phase with the natural fre- high shock loads and oil field handling
quency of the body’s motion so as to reinforce • No downhole tools or equipment required
that motion. All oil field tubulars exhibit reso- other than an engagement device
nant frequencies that are a function of their • Low stress level operation subjects the
free length. By applying an oscillating force at workstring to less abuse than conventional
resonant frequency, the energy input can be jarring operations
transmitted efficiently to a downhole stuck • Frees and recovers stuck tubulars in a very
point. short time
Free Stuck Tubulars - open hole liners; grav-
el pack screens; mud/sand stuck tubing; me-
chanical stuck drilling assemblies; differential
stuck drilling assemblies; formation stuck drill-
ing assemblies
Surface Resonance Tool

HYDRAULIC WIRELINE • Does not have to be run in conjunction with

normal logging string thus minimizing possi-
SEVERING TOOL ble logging failures
Product Family No. H14404 • Only used when a stripping operation is
required
The Hydraulic Wireline Severing Tool (HWST)
OPERATION
is designed to cut the wireline at the cablehead Before the HWST is run, the drive piston is
after the wireline has been stripped over and shear pinned based on the mud eight and an-
the logging tool engaged. The primary benefit ticipated pump rates. Just prior to engaging
to this system is the ability to run full strength the wireline tools with the overshot the pumps
cableheads allowing heavier strings of logging are started and slow circulation is established
to insure the overshot is clear. The pumps are
tools to be run deeper in the well bore. Also
shut off and the wireline tools are engaged. Af-
with full strength cableheads more pull can be
ter the tools are engaged the pipe is then re-
applied to the tools to prevent them from be- ciprocated a few feet using the wireline weight
coming stuck. The severing tool does not indicator to confirm the tools are in the over-
come into use unless the wireline tools be- shot. Circulation is reestablished and pump
come struck in the well and must be stripped pressure is increased rupturing the circulation
over with drillpipe. disk located just below the cutter. This allows
for full circulation just above the overshot grap-
FEATURES/BENEFITS ple. Pump pressure is further increased to a
• Ability to run full strength cableheads there- predetermined flow rate creating the neces-
fore increasing the maximum pull by 25-40% sary pressure drop across the drive piston ac-
over alternative methods with no concern for tivating the wireline cutter. The wireline is
electrical integrity due to its all hydraulic removed from the well and the wireline tools
Hydraulic Wireline operation are recovered.
Severing Tool
68
CASING REPAIR EQUIPMENT Baker Oil Tools
STANDARD CASING PATCH

Baker Oil Tools offers several methods for patching damaged casing, while maintaining pressure ratings and
without restricting internal bore diameters. The repair is made by removing the damaged section of casing and
then preparing the casing stub with a Dress-Off Mill. The patch is run in hole on the bottom of the new casing
string and externally engages the casing stub. Baker Oil Tools' casing patches will pack off and become a per-
manent part of the casing string. The patch forms a link between existing casing below and the new casing
above. Patches are available in Lead or Rubber Seal, Standard or Underwater Design, and Cementing Lead
Seal styles. Contact your Baker Oil Tools Representative to select the proper patch for your specific well char-

acteristics.
CASING
CASING
STANDARD CASING PATCH

(Refer to page 70)
EXTENSION
UNDERWATER CASING PATCH

(Refer to page 71)
CASING STUB
Dress-Off Mill
CASING STUB
Standard Casing Patch Bottomhole Assembly Underwater Casing Patch Bottomhole Assembly
69
Baker Oil Tools CASING REPAIR EQUIPMENT
LEAD SEAL • External catch with full-bore unrestricted

ID
CASING PATCH • Better sealing when roughness of casing
Product Family No. H16220 OD is in question
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION • Higher temperature rating than rubber seal
• Better for use in fluids that cause damage
The Baker Oil Tools Lead Seal Casing Patch to rubber components
is designed to patch damaged casing as • Longer life cycle
simply, effectively and permanently as pos-
sible. The Lead Seal Casing Patch will pro-
vide a higher temperature rating than a SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Rubber Seal Casing Patch. Casing Patch Minimum
Size OD Setting Load
OPERATION in. mm in. mm lbs kg
Dress off the top of the casing with a dress- 4-1/2 114.3 5.813 147.6 23,000 10,433
5 127.0 6.313 160.3 25,000 11,340
ing mill. With a proper dressing mill, the top
5-1/2 139.7 7.000 177.8 30,000 13,608
of the casing will be left with a 45° angle
6 152.4 7.500 190.5 33,000 14,969
which will reduce the risk of damage to the
6-5/8 168.3 8.375 212.7 42,000 19,051
lead seal assembly. Once the casing patch 7 177.8 8.750 222.2 44,000 19,958
has swallowed the casing stub completely, 7-5/8 193.7 9.375 238.1 48,000 21,773
the recommended setting load must be ap- 8-5/8 219.1 10.375 263.5 57,000 25,855
plied. At this time the casing may be pres- 9-5/8 244.5 11.500 292.1 68,000 30,845
sure tested as per customer requirements. 10-3/4 273.1 13.000 330.2 94,000 42,638
11-3/4 298.5 14.000 355.6 102,000 46,267
FEATURES/BENEFITS 13-3/8 339.7 15.625 396.9 116,000 52,618
• Makes tough and permanent seals 16 406.4 18.250 463.6 137,000 62,143
Lead Seal Casing Patches
RUBBER SEAL FEATURES/BENEFITS

CASING PATCH • No setting load required to energize the
seals
Product Family No. H16120 • External catch with full-bore unrestricted ID
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION • Simple construction, simple operation,
dependable performance
The Rubber Seal Casing Patch is designed
• Higher internal pressures than lead seal
to repair damaged casing efficiently and eco-
type patches
nomically. The Rubber Seal Casing Patch
will provide a higher pressure rating than a
Lead Seal Casing Patch. Different seal sys- SPECIFICATION GUIDE
tems can be utilized for certain corrosive and Casing Patch
higher temperature applications. Size OD
in. mm in. mm
OPERATION 4-1/2 114.3 5.813 147.6
Dress off the top of the casing with a dress- 5 127.0 6.250 158.8
ing mill. With a proper dressing mill, the top 5-1/2 139.7 7.250 184.2
7 177.8 8.375 212.7
of the casing will be left with a 45° angle
7-5/8 193.7 9.375 238.1
which will reduce the risk of damage to the
7-3/4 196.9 9.500 241.3
rubber seal assembly. Once the casing
8-5/8 219.1 10.430 264.9
patch has swallowed the casing stub com- 9-5/8 244.5 11.875 301.6
pletely, the casing may be pressure tested 10-3/4 273.1 13.500 342.9
as per customer requirements. It is recom- 11-3/4 298.5 14.500 368.3
mended to pull 15,000 lbs (6,803 kg) over 11-7/8 310.6 14.500 368.3
string weight to set the slips. 13-3/8 339.7 16.500 419.1
13-5/8 346.1 17.125 435.0
Rubber Seal Casing Patch 16 406.4 19.000 482.6
Product Family No. H16120 18-5/8 473.1 22.000 558.8
20 508.0 23.380 593.9
70
CASING REPAIR EQUIPMENT Baker Oil Tools
UNDERWATER LEAD FEATURES/BENEFITS

• Makes a tough and permanent seal
SEAL CASING PATCH
• External catch with full-bore unrestricted ID
Product Family No. H16021 • Better sealing when roughness of casing
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION OD is in question
• Higher temperature rating
Baker Oil Tools offers a dependable Underwa- • Better for use in fluids that cause damage to
ter Lead Seal Casing Patch which basically rubber components
follows the same field-proven design as the
• Longer life cycle
Standard Lead Seal Casing Patch for onshore

use with the addition of a 10 ft (3.0 m) top ex-
tension. The extension allows the patch to be SPECIFICATION GUIDE
set from offshore floating rigs using underwa- Casing Patch Minimum
ter wellheads and BOP’s. Size OD Setting Load
in. mm in. mm lbs kg
OPERATION 4-1/2 114.3 5.813 147.6 23,000 10,433
Dress off the top of the cut with a dressing mill. 5 127.0 6.313 160.3 25,000 11,340
Run the casing patch on the preselected joints 5-1/2 139.7 7.000 177.8 30,000 13,608
of casing and casing hanger. Approach the 6 152.4 7.500 190.5 33,000 14,969
top of the casing stub with caution; if using a 6-5/8 168.3 8.375 212.7 42,000 19,051
motion compensator, set it to a fine sensitivity. 7 177.8 8.750 222.2 44,000 19,958
Slack off over the stub and seat the hanger in 7-5/8 193.7 9.375 238.1 48,000 21,773
the wellhead. Retrieve the hanger running 8-5/8 219.1 10.375 263.5 57,000 25,855
9-5/8 244.5 11.500 292.1 68,000 30,845
tool. Next, go in the hole with a Type B™ Cas-
10-3/4 273.1 13.000 330.2 94,000 42,638
ing Spear, engage the cut casing and pull it up
11-3/4 298.5 14.000 355.6 102,000 46,267
into the casing patch extension with the re-
13-3/8 339.7 15.625 396.9 116,000 52,618
quired setting load. Release the spear and re- Underwater Lead
16 406.4 18.250 463.6 137,000 62,143
trieve. Pressure test the patch. Seal Casing Patch
UNDERWATER RUBBER FEATURES/BENEFITS

• No setting load required to energize the
SEAL CASING PATCH seals
Product Family No. H16078 • External catch with full-bore unrestricted ID
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION • Simple construction, simple operation,
dependable performance
The Underwater Rubber Seal Casing Patch is • Higher internal pressure than lead seal type
identical to the Standard Rubber Seal Casing patches
Patch with the exception of a top extension.
The use of a 10 ft (3.0 m) extension between SPECIFICATION GUIDE
the body and top sub allows the patch to be set
Casing Patch
from offshore floating rigs using underwater Size OD
wellheads and BOP’s. in. mm in. mm
4-1/2 114.3 5.813 147.6
OPERATION 5 127.0 6.250 158.8
Dress off the top of the cut with a dressing mill. 5-1/2 139.7 7.250 184.2
7 177.8 8.375 212.7
Run the casing patch on the preselected joints
7-5/8 193.7 9.375 238.1
of casing and casing hanger. Approach the top
7-3/4 196.9 9.500 241.3
of the casing stub with caution; if using a mo- 8-5/8 219.1 10.430 264.9
tion compensator, set it to a fine sensitivity. 9-5/8 244.5 11.875 301.6
Slack off over the stub and seat the hanger in 10-3/4 273.1 13.500 342.9
the wellhead. Retrieve the hanger running 11-3/4 298.5 14.500 368.3
tool. Next, go in the hole with a Type B™ Cas- 11-7/8 310.6 14.500 368.3
ing Spear, engage the cut casing and pull it up 13-3/8 339.7 16.500 419.1
into the casing patch extension with the de- 13-5/8 346.1 17.125 435.0
sired tensile pull. Release the spear and re- 16 406.4 19.000 482.6
18-5/8 473.1 22.000 558.8
trieve. Pressure test the patch. Underwater Rubber
20 508.0 23.380 593.9
Seal Casing Patch

Baker Oil Tools CASING REPAIR EQUIPMENT
LEAD SEAL CEMENTING FEATURES/BENEFITS

• Single trip cuts rig cost
CASING PATCH • Lead seal is not affected by harsh downhole
Product Family No. H16420 fluids or gases
• Internal circulation splines allow unrestricted
DESCRIPTION flow of cement to insure a complete cement
The Lead Seal Cementing Casing Patch is a job
casing repair tool designed to permanently seal • Eliminates cement circulation valve
and allows cementing of the casing in a single • Eliminates perforating the casing below the
trip. patch
• Allows immediate cementing operation as
OPERATION soon as lead seal is set
The casing stub to be patched must be free of • Simple up and down movement of the patch to
any cement on the OD and the top must be free set the lead and open the cement ports
of any burrs. Once the casing patch has swal-
lowed the casing stub completely, set down SPECIFICATION GUIDE
10,000 lbs - 15,000 lbs (4,545 kg - 6,818 kg) on
the patch. The top of the casing should be shoul- Casing Patch
dered against the top sub of the patch. The rec- Size OD
ommended setting load is then applied. Slack off in. mm in. mm
4-1/2 114.3 6.500 165.1
25% of the setting load and test the patch. After
5-1/2 139.7 7.438 188.9
test is complete, the string is once again slacked
7 177.8 9.125 231.8
off to allow the lower casing stub to contact the
7-5/8 193.7 9.875 250.8
shoulder of the patch. This will open the cement-
8-5/8 219.0 11.125 282.5
ing ports in the patch. After cementing, pick up to
9-5/8 244.5 11.875 301.6
the original setting load. The setting load should 10-3/4 273.0 14.000 355.6
be maintained while curing the cement. 13-3/8 346.1 16.000 406.4
Lead Seal Cementing Contact your Baker Oil Tools Representative for pressure
Casing Patch and pull ratings.
TIEBACK FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Eliminates the need for internal guide string
ALIGNMENT BUSHING • Reduces the risk of damage to threads
Product Family No. H14211 • Can be easily dressed at rig site to tie back
box or pin
• Can be manufactured with any type thread
The Tieback Alignment Bushing is used as a • Pressure rating as per thread manufacturer's
guide for a casing tieback string. The guide al-
lows easy alignment while minimizing the risk of
thread damage. The alignment bushing is prima- SPECIFICATION GUIDE
rily used when tying back premium thread Casing Guide
strings of casing. The alignment bushing is de- OD OD
signed for easy field dressing to allow for box or in. mm in. mm
pin looking up. There is no welding required and 7 177.8 8.250 209.6
minimal risk to pressure integrity of connection. 9-5/8 244.5 12.000 304.8
13-3/8 339.7 15.000 381.0
OPERATION Other sizes available upon request. Contact your local
Baker Oil Tools Representative.
Makeup Tieback Bushing on the bottom of the
tieback string of casing. Run casing in the well
and stop 5 to 10 feet (1.5 to 3.0 meters) above
the casing stub. Begin slow rotation of the casing
and slowly lower the casing. When the Tieback
bushing is over the casing stub, the casing will
start to makeup. Follow thread manufacturer’s
specification for making up the connection.
Tieback Alignment Bushing

72
ACCESSORY TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
HYDRAULIC STABILIZER stationary while the cutter is rotating. When the

cut is complete, the stabilizer collapses when
Product Family No. H17230 pump pressure is stopped.
Baker Hydraulic Stabilizers are run above • Goes through restriction and expands to full
multi-string cutters and internal casing cutters gauge
and are used to centralize the workstring when • Design allows workstring to be centralized
cutting multiple strings or when cutting casing when cutting multiple string, casing or drive
or drive pipe for repair or plug and abandon- pipe
ment work.

• Heavy-duty ball thrust bearings allow smooth
rotation of mandrel through stabilizer arm
OPERATION assembly during the roughest of cuts
Once at the location of the cut, rotation begins • Stabilizer pads remain stationary during cut-
and pump pressure is applied as needed to op- ter rotation
erate the cutter. Hydraulic pressure actuates a • Skid mounted for easy handling offshore
piston which expands the stabilizer arms, forc- • Requires less than 100 psi (6.9 bar) to acti-
ing the stabilizer pads against the ID of the cas- vate
ing. The stabilizer arms and pads remain
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Collapsed OD
Connection
in. mm in. mm
7-5/8 - 9-5/8 193.7 - 244.5 4-1/2" API Reg 6.500 165.1
18-5/8 - 36 473.1 - 914.4 6-5/8" API Reg 15.500 393.7
30 - 60 762.0 - 1524.0 6-5/8" API Reg 24.000 - 34.000 609.6 - 863.6
Hydraulic Stabilizer
RING TYPE spacer rings, and 8" (203.2 mm) and 12"
(304.8 mm) shoulder to shoulder length subs so
SPACE-OUT ASSEMBLY the total length may vary in 1" (25.4 mm) incre-
Product Family No. H17035 ments from full length to minus 26" (660.4 mm).
Depending on casing sizes to be cut and knife
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION changes made on the Multi-String Cutter, the
The Ring Type Space-Out Assembly is used Fishing Supervisor takes out necessary rings or
primarily with the Multi-String Cutter and the subs as required in the Multi-String Cutter Tech
Marine Swivel. The Space-Out Assembly is Unit.
used to accurately reposition the cutter after the
required knife changes, mostly when cutting 3
FEATURES/BENEFITS
or 4 strings of casing positioned eccentrically, • Simple design and operation
while running the Multi-String Cutter on floating • Allows pinpoint accuracy for repositioning
platforms. a cutter
• Deepwater application
OPERATION
The Ring Type Space-Out Assembly consists
of 1" (25.4 mm), 2" (50.8 mm), and 3" (76.2 mm)
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cutter Space-Out
Size OD Assembly OD Tool Joint
Connection
in. mm in. mm
5.500 139.7 3-1/2" API Reg
4.750 120.7
5.750 146.1 3-1/2" API IF
8.250 209.6 4-1/2" API IF Ring Type
7.750 196.9 Space-Out Assembly
11.750 298.5 6-5/8" API Reg

Baker Oil Tools ACCESSORY TOOLS
VARIABLE BLADE the damage to the ID of the casing. The

body is a single unit manufactured from
STABILIZER 4140 heat-treated alloy steel.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Reduced equipment required for aban-
The Variable Blade Stabilizer is designed donment
to run above multi-string cutters or milling • Easily converted to different casing sizes
tools in large casing sizes without restric- • Economically modified for special ID cas-
tions. The Variable Blade Stabilizer reducing
es the amount of tools required for
abandonment.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OPERATION Casing Blade
Body
Size Size
Each of the blades can be easily changed in. mm in. mm in. mm
by removing two locking pins and lifting the 16 406.4 3.500 88.9
blades up and out. The Variable Blade Sta- 18-5/8 473.1 4.750 120.7
bilizer can be dressed to stabilize in 16 in. 20 508.0 4.875 123.8
20 508.0 5.125 130.2
(406.4 mm) to 48 in. (1219.2 mm) casing. It 14.750 374.7
24 609.6 6.875 174.6
comes equipped with five replaceable 30 762.0 9.125 231.8
blades per casing size. The blades are 36 914.4 13.000 330.2
manufactured from mild steel to minimize 48 1219.2 18.875 479.4
Stabilizers available with 4-1/2" API IF and 6-5/8" API Regular.
Variable Blade
Stabilizer
Product Family
No. H17030
SLEEVE TYPE FEATURES/BENEFITS

NON-ROTATING STABILIZER • Provides maximum control for cutting and
milling operations
• Reduces shock load on cutter knives for
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION longer cutting life
The Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer • Sleeves can be easily changed to other
provides maximum centralization and en- sizes
sures smooth and efficient rotation in cut- • Sleeves available from 4-1/2" (114.3 mm)
ting, milling and fishing operations. The casing to 20" (508.0 mm) casing
Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer is
composed of a mandrel, sleeve and bottom SPECIFICATION GUIDE
sub. The Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabi-
Body Minimum
lizer may be run with other fishing tools to OD Casing ID Connection
centralize a small OD fishing tool in a larger in. mm in. mm
sized hole. 3.125 79.4 4.00 101.6 2-3/8" API Reg
3.750 95.3 4.89 124.2 2-7/8" API Reg
OPERATION 4.250 108.0 5.68 144.3 3-1/2" API Reg
4.750 120.7 6.00 152.4 3-1/2" API IF
The Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer is 6.500 165.1 8.54 216.9 4-1/2" API IF
normally run in the string immediately above 7.750 196.9 9.56 242.8 6-5/8" API IF
the fishing assembly. Two stabilizers are
recommended to improve centralization.
Sleeve Type Non-

Rotating Stabilizer
Product Family
No. H17130
74
DRILLING SAFETY JOINT keeps the safety joint from unscrewing

during normal operations. It permits
transmission of full torque in the makeup
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION direction but considerably less torque in
the release direction. O-rings seal off
The Drilling Safety Joint is designed to
both internal and external pressure.
provide a means of disconnecting from
When needed the Drilling Safety Joint will
the bottom-hole assembly or a nonre-
easily release to retrieve the string above
leasable engaging tool without the use of
it.
wireline or a manual backoff. The Drilling

Safety Joint can be easily made up, re- FEATURES/BENEFITS
leased and reengaged and it will still with- • Simple design and construction
stand all normal operations.
• No shear pins
OPERATION • Backs out at approximately 25% of the
makeup torque
The Drilling Safety Joint consists of a top
half, friction ring and a lower half. Spring • Can be manufactured with non-mag-
loaded pins keep the friction ring at- netic materials for use close to MWD
tached to the top half. The friction ring tools
Drilling Safety Joint

DOUBLE CLUTCH wiper pulls into a key seat, the sleeve will
wedge. This can be confirmed by slack-
KEY SEAT WIPER ing off and having approximately 20"
Product Family No. H15030 (508.0 mm) of free travel and free rota-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION tion. By rotating while picking up, the bot-
tom clutch will transmit torque to the
The Key Seat Wiper is used to remove or sleeve to wipe out the key seat. The Dou-
prevent key seats from forming in severe ble Clutch Key Seat Wiper incorporates a
dog leg situations. The blades are left-hand clutch on top of the sleeve. This
dressed with either SUPERLOY or tube design makes it possible to jar the sleeve
borium. Blades are usually dressed 1/2" out of a key seat by applying weight and
(1.27 cm) larger than the OD of the drill slowly rotating to the right.
collars. The key seat wiper is also avail-
able in single clutch design. FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Non-rotating while drilling
OPERATION
• Will not damage wellbore while drilling
The key seat wiper is usually run be- • Simple design and operation
tween the drill collars and the heavy • Dressed with SUPERLOY
weight or drillpipe. When the key seat
Double Clutch
Key Seat Wiper
75
MODEL D™ ROTO-VERT OPERATION

TUBING SCRAPER The Roto-Vert Tubing Scraper is normally
Product Family No. H62061 run with a bit or mill dressed to drift. The
Scraper is run in the well and does not re-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION quire rotation to clean 360° of the inside
The Baker Model D Roto-Vert Tubing of the tubing.
Scraper may be run on tubing or wireline FEATURES/BENEFITS
to provide a safe, efficient, and economi-
cal method of removing any obstructions
• Effectively cleans the full ID of the tub-
from the inside wall of tubing. Obstruc-
ing
tions such as mud, rust, scale, paraffin
and other types of coating can be cleaned
from the tubing ID.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tubing Blade Blocks Body Thread Specs
Min Max
Scraper Max Circulation
OD Wt ID Collapsed Expanded
Size OD Hole ID Box Up x Pin Down
Dia (Ref) Dia
in. mm lb/ft kg/m in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
2-7/8 73.0 6.4 - 6.5 9.5 - 9.7 2.441 62.0 28A 2.187 55.5 2.500 63.5 1.660 OD EU 10 Rd
2.188 55.6 .500 12.7
3-1/2 88.9 12.7 - 12.95 18.7 - 19.3 2.750 69.9 28B 2.562 65.1 2.875 73.0 (Coupling OD 2.200)
3-1/2 88.9 9.2 - 9.3 13.7 - 13.8 2.992 76.0 35A 2.750 69.9 3.125 79.4
3.068 77.9
3-1/2 88.9 5.7 - 7.7 8.5 - 11.5 35B 2.937 74.6 3.312 84.1
3.188 80.9
3.340 84.8 2.750 69.9 .750 19.1 1.900 OD EU 10 Rd
12.6 - 14 18.8 - 20.8 35BC 3.124 79.3 3.499 88.9
3.364 85.4
4 101.6
Model D Roto-Vert 3.476 88.3
9.5 - 11 14.1 - 16.4 35C 3.312 84.1 3.687 93.6
Tubing Scraper 3.548 90.1
360° “CLEAN BORE” string is lowered causes the scraping surface

to shear off any remaining burrs or obstruc-
CASING SCRAPER tions missed on the first pass with the scraper.
Product Family No. H16105 The scraper is rerun to check for smoothness
before tripping out of the hole. If the weight in-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION dicator does not show any irregularities, the
The 360° Clean Bore Casing Scraper cleans casing should be clean.
cement, mud, rust, scale, paraffin, perforation
FEATURES/BENEFITS
burrs, and other restrictions from the inside
wall of casing. • Body constructed from a solid piece of AISI
4140 heat-treated alloy steel for strength
OPERATION • Hardfaced blades provide endurance and
maximum service
The casing scraper is run with the pin up and
• Cleaning can be accomplished by either
a bit or mill is installed on the box end. The bit
rotation or reciprocation as a result of blade
serves as a guide and prevents plugging of
arrangement in the body that gives full 360°
the circulation holes through the scraper. For
contact with the casing ID
maximum scraping efficiency, it has been
found desirable to run the scraper completely • Each blade is cut with left-hand helical
through the restricted section without rotation, grooves to allow the tool to scrape up or
then pull back up and make a rotary run down inside the casing
through the section. This cleans most of the • Double protection downhole results from
scale, cement and other extraneous materials blades held securely by blade retainers
off the casing wall. Rotating the tool as the locked in place by keeper screws
360° “Clean Bore”

Casing Scraper
76
THE WELLBORE tool will act as a boot basket allowing

collection of large debris using fluid
CUSTODIAN flow as it passes through the tool.
Product Family No. H13015 When pulling-out-of-hole, the bypass
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION is closed and the tool now diverts fluid
through the filter media capturing the
The Wellbore Custodian from Baker debris. To clean out debris at surface,
Oil Tools will allow collection of debris simply unlock the clean out windows
from wellbore wall, brushing of well- at bottom of tool and remove debris.
bore wall, and filtering of fluid all in
one run. It is designed to seek out FEATURES/BENEFITS
junk, collect it, then carry it to surface. • Acts as boot basket collecting
It is a modular tool and can be run in debris during run in
conjunction with Baker Super Down- • Collects debris from wellbore during
Hole Magnets, Bits, Casing Scrapers, run in, then filters wellbore fluid
stabilizers, etc. The standard filtration when pulling out of hole
media on The Wellbore Custodian is • Optional stainless steel brushes can
field-proven Bakerweld® stainless be run below non-rotating cups,
steel screen, however slotted or per- allowing brushing and filtering with a
forated liners or a combination of single tool
these, can also be utilized. Debris ca-
• Filter mechanism can be slotted
pacity can be optimized by simply
liner or Bakerweld Screen with vari-
changing the length of screen and
able gauge to suit all fluids and
adding an extension to the mandrel. It
debris types
is primarily for use in precompletion
stages of the well's construction, but • Large bypass area for fast run in
can be run anytime the wellbore has • Large clean out windows located at
become contamintated with debris, bottom of tool for easy cleanout of
such as after a milling operation. The debris
Wellbore Custodian will help prevent • Rigid with full tensile and torsional
the common problems associated ratings through tool
with stuck completions or liner equip- • Drillpipe connections
ment due to unexpected debris in • Modular tool
hole.
• No balls or darts required to operate
OPERATION • Debris capacity can be increased by
adding extensions to mandrel and
To operate the tool simply make up in
screen
the string, verify bypass operation,
and Run-in-hole (RIH). When RIH the
The Wellbore Custodian


TRUE CIRCLE TONG BUSHING

The True Circle Tong Bushing is designed to protect tubulars such as washpipe from being
mashed when made up or broke out by rig tongs.
OPERATION
The True Circle Tong Bushing is wrapped around the tubular and a latch bolt is placed into the

slotted latch holder then the latch nut is tightened. Place tongs on the True Circle Tong Bushing
only. Tighten connection to recommended make up torque and remove bushing.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple and rugged
• Wraps around pipe's outside diameter in a true circle for even distribution of torque
• Keeps tubulars from being mashed
• Reduces or eliminates tong damage on thin wall tubulars and washpipe
True Circle Tong Bushing

CASING JACK SYSTEM bottom-slip area, the bottom slips are set and
the casing hanger removed.
For rehanging jobs, the casing hanger is re-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION placed and the jacks removed once the decid-
ed tension is applied. For abandonment jobs,
On abandonment jobs, Casing Jacks can help
jacking continues until the casing is free
free stuck casing and pull enough pipe to low-
enough for the rig to pull.
er the overpull allowing the rig to finish pulling
the casing out of hole. On jobs where casing In cases which do not permit the use of the
is rehung in the wellhead, casing jacks pro- jacking spool, two wide flange beams to sup-
vide pull necessary to reset the casing hanger port and stabilize the jacks may be used.
at the original tension at which the casing was
run, regardless of the type of rig on the well. FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Combined lifting ratio of 100:1
After the jack system is set up and the mani-
• 6,000 psi (413.7 bar) lift capacity translates
fold connected, a casing spear and drillpipe
to 600,000 lbs (272,160 kg) of total lift
pup joint are made up and inserted into the
top of the casing. After which, the spear is set • Accepts API casing handling equipment
with enough of the pup joint sticking up to set • Pulls against top of wellhead flange instead
the top set of the slips. With upper and lower of the rig derrick or substructure
slips in place, the jacks are slowly cycled and • High-pressure power unit operates a closed
the casing picked up in the wellhead. Once hydraulic system so casing jack does not
the casing hanger is high enough above the require an external pump
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Jacking Plate
Jack OD (Stripping Bowl)
in. mm ton kg
Casing Jack System 9.750 248 350 317100
78
PIPE DRIVE BUSHING torques, see the Baker Oil Tools Tech
Facts Engineering Handbook.
• Any size and combination connections
The Drive Bushing connects washpipe or available on request
other equipment with a top washpipe
• Large enough inside diameter for back-
connection to the BHA or workstring.
off shots to pass through
Tool OD will be per API specifications for • Normally used to crossover washpipe
the larger connection. The ID will be per to workstring
API specifications for the smaller con-
nection. For recommended makeup
Pipe Drive Bushing

TRIPLE CONNECTION requiring an inside and outside assem-

bly. The tool OD is built per specifications
BUSHING of the of the washpipe connection and
Product Family No. H14025 the ID is determined by API specifica-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION tions of the smaller drillpipe connection.
The Baker Oil Tools Triple Connection FEATURES/BENEFITS

Bushing consists of three connections, a • One piece construction
washpipe connection and two drillpipe • Any size and combinations can be
connections. The Bushing is generally ordered
run in conjunction with a back-off or • Large enough ID for backoff shots to
packer retrieving assembly. The Triple pass through
Connection Bushing is ideal for any BHA
Triple Connection Bushing

KELLY DRIVE BUSHING over assembly will be at the top of the fish
when the body of the bushing is in the ro-
tary table. The bushing is then installed.
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION Once the top of the fish has been en-
gaged or swallowed by the washover as-
The Kelly Drive Bushing is a pup joint
sembly, the bushings are removed and
with a hex shaped middle body section
the Kelly Pup Joint is left in the string dur-
10 ft
ing the fishing or washover operation.
(3.04 m) long. A split bushing that will fit
pin drive or square drive rotary tables is FEATURES/BENEFITS
set around the body for transmitting • Effective for getting over difficult fish
torque. tops
The Kelly Drive Bushing is spaced out in • Not required to pull off of fish to make a
the string so the engaging tool or wash- connection
Kelly Drive Bushing

79
PUMP-OUT SUB pin allowing the piston to shift. This al-

lows circulation through the side ports.
• Balanced piston will not open prema-
The Pump-Out Sub is designed to allow turely
circulation above a plugged fish to avoid
• Allows full flow
pulling a wet string and for well control
purposes. The simple design consists of • Prevents mud loss through pulling of
the main body, piston, and shear pin. The wet strings

Pump-Out Sub may also be used with a • Simple design and operation
mud motor when extended circulating
times are foreseen after the motor opera- SPECIFICATION GUIDE
tions are complete. Tool Tool Ball
OD ID OD Connection
OPERATION in. mm in. mm in. mm
3.063 77.8 1-1/8 28.6 1-1/4 31.8 2-3/8" EUE
Position the Pump-Out Sub in the work- 3.125 79.4 3/4 19.1 7/8 22.2 2-3/8" API Reg
string as close as possible to the engag- 3.375 85.7 1-1/8 28.6 1-1/4 31.8 2-3/8" API IF
3.750 95.3 3/4 19.1 7/8 22.2 2-7/8" API Reg
ing device being used. 4.250 108.0 1-1/8 28.6 1-1/4 31.8 3-1/2" API Reg
4.750 120.7 3-1/2" API IF
Once the fish has been engaged and it is 146.1 1-3/4 44.5 2 50.8 4-1/2" API Reg
5.750
established that circulation is not possi- 146.1 4-1/2" API FH
ble through the fish, the ball is dropped 6.500 165.1 2 50.8 2-1/4 57.2 4-1/2" API IF
8.000 203.2 2-3/8 60.3 2-5/8 66.7 6-5/8" API Reg
down the drill string to the piston. Addi- Other sizes and connections available upon request. Contact your
tional pump pressure shears the shear Baker Oil Tools Representative.
Pump-Out Sub
CIRCULATION with slick line using the Restriction Plug

Spear listed in this unit.
CONTROL JOINT
Product Family No. H14024 FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Provides a circulation point if a plugged
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION fish is engaged
The Circulation Control Joint (CCJ) is a • Eliminates pulling a wet string
multi-purpose tool, designed to provide a • Can be used as drain or kick sub
means of establishing circulation at a pre- • Circulation port can be resealed from
determined hydraulic pressure. The tool surface
may be used as a pump-out, kick, run-in, • Contains a minimum ID large enough for
or drain sub by variation of the particular free point and backoff tools
control washer/rupture disc/restriction plug • Maintains same rupture pressure from
combination. The standard Circulation both sides of the disc
Control Joint has an inner bore profile
which forms a seat for restriction plugs fit- SPECIFICATION GUIDE
ted with a bit nozzle. The control washer
OD Connection
and bit nozzle ID's can be varied to obtain in. mm (Box x Pin)
the correct relationship between mud flow 4.125 104.8 2.875" API IF(NC31)
and pressure drop to burst the rupture disc 4.625 117.5 3.500" API FH
4.750 120.7 3.500" API IF(NC38)
and establish the desired flow rate.
5.250 133.4 4.000" API FH
The circulation port can be resealed at any 5.500 139.7 4.500" API REG
5.750 146.1 4.500" API FH
time by removing the standard restriction 6.000 152.4 4.500" X-HOLE
plug (short fish neck) and inserting an ex- 6.250 158.8 4.500" API IF(NC50)
tended (long fish neck) restriction plug. 6.500 165.1 4.500" X-HOLE
6.750 171.5 5.500" API REG
Circulation Control Joint Both restriction plugs may be recovered
Product Family No. H14024 8.000 203.2 6.625" API REG
Other sizes and connections available upon request. Contact your
local Baker Oil Tools Representative.
80
J™ TYPE SAFETY JOINT the lugs on the top half engage the slots in the
lower half. Rotation is then stopped; right-hand
Product Family No. H14037 torque is maintained, and the string is lowered
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION until the joint is fully engaged. The joint remains
engaged until the releasing procedure is re-
Baker Oil Tools J Type Safety Joints provide a peated. Standard operation is as a left-hand re-
simple yet effective means of releasing and release and right-hand connection tool. Right-
engaging fishing tools, particularly those such hand release and/or left-hand connection con-
as taps or die collars that are normally not re- figurations are available through special order.
leasable. J Type Safety Joints can be used as
backoff connectors on washover jobs to save FEATURES/BENEFITS
rig time by connecting to the washed over fish • Provides a release option from tools such as
while the washover pipe is in the hole. taper taps or die collars which are normally
non-releasable
OPERATION
• Provides a way to connect or disconnect fish-
The J Type Safety Joint is a two-piece unit that ing string and stuck fish
is secured when lugs on the top half engage • Shear screws prevent accidental unlatching
with a J-slot on the bottom half. Special shear of the J Safety Joint before engagement with
screws keep the tool securely fastened until the the fish
fish is engaged. Once the fish is engaged, a • Simple construction allows easy makeup and
tension load of 10,000 lbs (4,536 kg) per shear release
screw is applied to the string. When the screws • Accessory parts such as a packoff sub and
have been sheared and the tension released, two different stingers are available for opera-
the string is elevated while applying slight left- tions that require circulation through the
hand torque. The lugs then shift into the release safety joint to the fish
slot, and the two halves of the safety joint sep-
• Body parts constructed from AISI 4140 heat-
arate. To re-engage the safety joint, the string
treated alloy steel
is lowered while rotating slowly to the right until
J Type Safety Joint
WASHOVER BACKOFF Once the fish has been screwed into and it is
established that the fish cannot be pulled, the J
SAFETY JOINT (FULL- Safety Joint can be released to allow the wash-
OPENING) pipe to reciprocate and rotate. Once a string
shot has been run just above the J Safety Joint,
Product Family No. H14038 the fish can be reengaged and backed off. If the
washpipe will not turn freely to the left, the anti-
friction ring of the Washover Safety Joint will al-
The Washover Backoff Safety Joint is a multi- low this point to unscrew. The long threaded
purpose safety Joint installed in the washover area makes it possible to back off all tool joints
string in place of the washpipe drive sub. The connections and most tubing connections with
Washover Backoff safety Joint can be used like out completely unscrewing the Washover Safe-
standard drilling safety joints. In the event of a ty Joint.
washover string becoming stuck, the Washover
Backoff Safety Joint can easily be backed off FEATURES/BENEFITS
from the surface so the fishing string above the • Available in most washpipe and tool joint
washpipe may be recovered. connections
• Saves rig time by making it possible to wash-
OPERATION over, backoff, and recover in one trip
In a washover and backoff situation the Wash- • May be used as standard washover safety
over Safety Joint, run in conjunction with the joint
J™ Safety Joint, makes it possible to washover • Simple design, easy to operate
a stuck string, screw into the fish, and perform
a backoff.
Washover Backoff
Safety Joint (Full-Opening)
81
LEAD IMPRESSION BLOCK down weight onto the fish. The Lead Im-
pression Block is then pulled out of the
hole and inspected by the fishing tool op-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION erator.
The Lead Impression Block is designed FEATURES/BENEFITS
to give an imprint of the top of a fish in the • One piece construction with a cast lead
hole to help determine the condition and head
position of the top of the fish. The Impres-
• Can be reworked for multiple runs
sion Block can also be used to give clues

on how to retrieve an unknown fish in the • Available in many sizes for a wide
well. range of impression possibilities
OPERATION
A Lead Impression Block may be run on
wireline, coil tubing or drillpipe. An im-
pression is obtained by simply setting
Lead Impression Block

HOLLOW MILL weight and torque. Once the oversized

fish top is milled away, the overshot can
CONTAINER AND INSERT be lowered to engage the fish with the
Product Family No. H15120 basket grapple.
The Hollow Mill Assembly, which consist • Permits milling and recovery in a single
of a Hollow Mill Extension and a Hollow trip
Mill Insert, is used as an overshot acces- • Taper design of insert permits full
sory to mill away flared or oversized tops removal of flared or oversized fish top
of pipe that has been jet cut or broken off • Mill insert placement allows the fish to
during drilling or workover operations. be dressed before the grapple engages
The Hollow Mill Assembly makes it possi- and gives the operator positive indica-
ble to mill over and recover fish in a single tion that the overshot will swallow the
trip. fish
The Hollow Mill Assembly is installed be- • Mill insert dressed with SUPERLOY
tween the overshot bowl and guide. Due • Insert may be used in place of the bas-
to the total torque being applied to the ket grapple control when preferred for
tang of the Hollow Mill Insert the milling short fishing neck applications
operation should be carried out with low
Hollow Mill
Container and Insert
82
WHIPSTOCK SYSTEMS, ANCHORS, AND RETRIEVING TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
WHIPSTOCK SYSTEMS, ANCHORS, AND RETRIEVING TOOLS

Whipstocks are used to sidetrack a wellbore for many reasons such as re-entry of an existing wellbore, a drilling
BHA that has become stuck and is too costly to fish out, severe formation or drilling problems, the need to
change the direction of a wellbore, or the need to drill multiple exits from a single wellbore. They are available
in both permanent and retrievable versions, with three retrieving tool options to accommodate even severe hole
conditions. Whipstocks produce a kick off point with exact depth control and a precise direction. The complete
system includes a whipstock, orientation device, anchoring device, and a milling system. Dual string exits have
now become common place, and triple string exits completed successfully. Recent advances in directional drill-
ing technology, combined with advances in whipstock technology, have sparked a substantial increase in side-
tracks from existing wellbores. A sidetrack from an existing wellbore can normally be completed for two thirds
the cost or less when compared to a new well. Baker Oil Tools has led the industry with new products in this
area, such as the one trip WindowMaster, CT Whipstocks, Multi-Lateral Whipstocks, and TorqueMaster™ An-
choring systems.
HEAVY WEIGHT DRILLPIPE
MUD MOTOR
(Refer to page 130)
UPPER WATERMELON MILL

FLEX JOINT WATERMELON MILL
WINDOW MILL
(Refer to page 38)
LOWER WATERMELON MILL
METAL MUNCHER WINDOW MILL

(Refer to page 37)
WINDOWMASTER WHIPSTOCK
(Refer to page 85)
THRU-TUBING WHIPSTOCK
(Refer to page 90)
TORQUEMASTER BOTTOM TRIP ANCHOR

(Refer to page 95)
WindowMaster Whipstock Bottomhole Assembly Thru-Tubing Whipstock Bottomhole Assembly
83
Baker Oil Tools WHIPSTOCK SYSTEMS, ANCHORS, AND RETRIEVING TOOLS
WHIPSTOCK APPLICATION CHART
Whipstock Anchoring Orienting Activation

System Methods Methods Methods
Retrievable TorqueMaster
Bottom Trip Anchor
Permanent TorqueMaster Set on bottom, bridge plug,
Packer/Anchor liner top, or restriction
Retrievable
MWD Hydrostatic Set
WindowMaster TorqueMaster Packer
One-Trip ML TorqueMaster
Hydraulic/Drillpipe Set✸
Packer/Anchor GYRO
ML ZX Liner Hanger/Packer Wireline Set
Hydraulic Set Anchor
Bottom Trip Anchor Set on bottom, bridge plug,
Type “E” liner top, or restriction
Permanent TorqueMaster
MWD
Packer/Anchor
Coil Tubing Retrievable
Hydrostatic Set
TorqueMaster Packer GYRO

Wireline Set
Multi-Lateral ML TorqueMaster
Packer/Anchor
MWD
Hydraulic/CT
Thru-Tubing
Integral part of Whipstock GYRO
(Restricted Bore)
Wireline Set
Eccentric Weight Bars
✸ Requires a special or modified whipstock.
84
WINDOWMASTER™ the connections and on the mill body to

a level substantially below the minimum
Product Family No. H15094 yield strength of the material. By shifting
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION this excess stress to areas specifically
designed to handle it, Baker Oil Tools
The Baker Oil Tools’ WindowMaster is
has virtually eliminated any chance of
the first true one-trip window cutting
twist off during the milling operation.
system introduced on the market. The
The more evenly distributed stresses
WindowMaster can be run in hole, ori-
during milling also result in minimum
ented to the new hole direction, an-
damage to the whipstock, which greatly
chored in place, then a window can be
enhances the success rate of retrieval,
completely milled, all in one trip. This
when retrieval is required.
state-of-the art system saves substan-
tial rig time by eliminating at least two The WindowMaster window mill has
round trips with drillpipe, which are re- been engineered using Baker Oil Tools’
quired by other conventional window renowned METAL MUNCHER cutting
cutting systems. In addition, Window- structure. METAL MUNCHER technolo-
Master is designed to eliminate the risk gy enables the operator to mill the win-
of mill connection and/or body failure dow quickly and efficiently, without
during milling. sacrificing window quality and while ap-
plying minimum weight and torque to
The system is retrievable when run with
the workstring. The resulting cuttings
the TorqueMaster Bottom Trip Anchor
will be small and easily circulated out of
or TorqueMaster Packer in conjunction
the hole.
with retrievable anchor. Three retrieving
tool options ensure retrievability within a

FEATURES/BENEFITS
wide variety of hole conditions. • Only one trip with drillpipe to complete
The WindowMaster BHA has been re- window
fined using Finite Element Analysis • Milling and reaming performed simul-
(FEA). During every window cutting ap- taneously
plication, when milling the casing and • Cuts cleaner, smoother windows
drilling rathole, the milling BHA is sub- • Retrievable and permanent systems
jected to severe combined loads of cy- available
clic bending, torsion, and compression. • Orientation can be performed with
These high stress points in the BHA MWD, UBHO, or Gyro into packer
which approach or exceed the failure profile
limit of the BHA have been identified • Utilizes METAL MUNCHER cutting
through FEA. The geometry and metal- technology
lurgy specified within the WindowMas-
• Utilizes TorqueMaster Packer technol-
ter system has enabled Baker Oil Tools
ogy for high temperature/high pres-
to distribute these stresses uniformly
sure applications
throughout the length of the BHA. This
• Extended whipstock face for reduced
reduces the level of high stress peaks at
DLS
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Weight
OD Range Connection
(Pin)
in. mm lb/ft kg/m
5.500 139.7 14.00 - 26.00 20.8 - 38.7 2.875" IF
6.625 168.3 20.00 29.8
7.000 177.8 20.00 - 38.00 29.8 - 56.6 3.500" IF
7.625 193.7 26.40 - 47.10 39.3 - 70.2
8.625 219.1 32.00 - 36.00 47.7 - 53.6
9.625 244.5 40.00 - 53.50 59.6 - 79.7
10.750 273.1 40.50 - 51.00 60.4 - 76.0 4.500" IF
11.750 298.5 54.00 - 71.00 80.7 - 105.7
13.375 339.7 54.50 - 72.00 90.7 - 107.1
WindowMaster

TYPE E™ WHIPSTOCK stock face. The whipstock face orien-

tation in this case is obtained by
SYSTEM drillpipe manipulation. If a MWD is
Product Family No. H15074 available, and a hole angle of 5° or
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION greater exists at the kick off point, the
use of electric line can be eliminated
The Type E Whipstock System pro- all together. This is done by running
vides a means to efficiently exit cas- the MWD in place of the UBHO with
ing and provide a window which is it's tool face previously lined up with
suitable to run drilling BHA's, liners the whipstock face. Pump flow
and completion equipment through. It through the MWD will then give the
is among the most field-proven sys- whipstock face direction at surface.
tems in the world, and has hundreds
of successful field runs. FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Field-proven system
OPERATION
• Lower initial cost when compared to
The window is normally accomplished WindowMaster one-trip system
in two round trips with drillpipe, the • Allows MWD, UBHO, or GYRO into
first to land the whipstock and make a packer, whipstock orientation meth-
starting cut, and the second to com- ods
plete the window and drill a pilot hole • Utilizes METAL MUNCHER cutting
for subsequent drilling operations. technology for cleaner faster cuts
When run with a whipstock packer,
• Utilizes TorqueMaster™ Packer
and whipstock face orientation is nec-
technology for high torque/high
essary, two additional electric line
pressure applications
runs are normally required. The first to
set the packer and second to ascer- • TorqueMaster Bottom Trip Anchor
tain direction of orientation key locat- can be used when the wellbore has
ed inside packer. When run with a a known bottom (cement, bridge
bottom trip anchor, only one addition- plug, etc.) and may facilitate elimi-
al electric line trip is normally re- nation of electric line runs in certain
quired. This run is normally an electric applications
line GYRO tool run through the drill- • Available for casing sizes from
pipe and into an UBHO sub located 4-1/2" to 13-3/8" (114.3 mm to
above the starter mill, with it's internal 339.7 mm)
key previously lined up with the whip-
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Weight
Connection
OD Range
(Pin)
in. mm lb/ft kg/m
4.500 114.3 11.60 17.3
2.375" PAC DSI
5.000 127.0 11.50 - 23.20 17.1 - 34.5
5.500 139.7 13.00 - 23.00 19.3 - 34.2
2.875" IF
6.000 152.4 15.00 - 23.00 22.3 - 34.2
6.625 168.3 17.00 - 32.00 25.3 - 47.6
7.000 177.8 17.00 - 49.50 25.3 - 73.7
3.500" IF
7.625 193.7 24.00 - 39.00 35.7 - 58.0
8.625 219.1 24.00 - 49.00 35.7 - 72.9
9.625 244.5 32.30 - 53.50 48.1 - 79.6
10.750 273.1 32.75 - 55.50 48.7 - 82.6
4.500" IF
11.750 298.5 38.00 - 60.00 56.6 - 89.3
13.375 339.7 48.00 - 72.00 71.4 - 107.1
Type E Whipstock System
86
CEMENTED WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM and back up around the whipstock. A shear bolt is
severed, separating the whipstock from the running
tool, and cement is brought up to a predetermined
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION height above the top of the whipstock. Cement can be
reverse circulated at that point. After the cement hard-
The Cemented Whipstock is used in applications
ens, the mill-out assembly is run to mill through the
where the casing integrity is in question, or in low cost
casing. The window mill is forced by the whipstock
operations.
into the casing wall and an exit is performed.
OPERATION
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The Cemented Whipstock System consists of a whip- • Low cost system
stock with a circulating port through the length of the • Ideal application if casing integrity is poor or
whipstock, and a running tool. The whipstock is run in suspect
the hole with the running tool and set on a cement
• Oriented with UBHO sub and Gyro tool
plug, bridge plug, or false bottom and can also be ori-
ented. Cement is pumped through the running tool, • Cement secures whipstock within casing
through the whipstock, through the perforated tube

1. Orienting and Setting 2. Shear bolt and start 3. Retract Stinger while 4. Window Completed and
Procedure cementing cementing then POOH Pilot Hole Drilled
Cemented Whipstock System


OPENHOLE inflation cement. The first stage of the

plug is latched into the landing sub,
WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM and then the inner second stage is
Product Family Nos. H30149, sheared loose and seated in the bot-
H30155, H30156, and H15076 tom of the isolation assembly within
the ECP. Workstring pressure is then
applied to cement inflate the packer.
The Openhole Whipstock System
Once a sufficient applied workstring
(OHWS) has been developed to allow
pressure is attained, the hydraulic dis-
openhole sidetracking operations us-
connect actuates, thus freeing the
ing a solid kickoff point. The whip-
running stinger from the whipstock as-
stock face is oriented the same as
sembly so it can be pulled from the
with normal cased hole systems with
well. After sufficient cement setup
GYRO and UBHO Sub, and features
time, normal sidetracking operations
a cement inflated ECP which is used
may begin.
to anchor the whipstock in the open
hole. FEATURES/BENEFITS
The OHWS is carried in the hole using • Solid whipstock kickoff point vs.
a specially designed stinger assembly cement plug kickoff
which contains the plug landing sub, • Whipstock face orientation per-
orienting sub and running stinger. The formed using standard GYRO
running stinger runs through the cen- • Proven dual wiper plug system used
ter hole in the whipstock and is to isolate the inflation cement
latched into a hydraulic release run di- • Integral lift sub between the ECP
rectly below the whipstock. and hydraulic release allows the
A 10 ft (3.048 m) or 20 ft (6.096 m) assembly to be installed in the well
Payzone External Casing Packer in two sections for ease of handling
(ECP) is run below the hydraulic re- • Circulation while running in the hole
lease, and the inflation ports are iso- is through the float shoe at the bot-
lated using a swab cup assembly. A tom of the assembly
float shoe is run below the ECP to pre- • Emergency overpull release mecha-
vent debris from entering the assem- nism allows running assembly to be
bly when running in the hole. freed from the whipstock should the
hydraulic release mechanism fail to
OPERATION
operate properly
After being positioned and oriented in • Secondary ball drop emergency
the wellbore, a dual wiper plug is release form packer retrieving whip-
launched from the surface followed by stock
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Anchor
Open Hole Whipstock ECP ECP ECP Assembly
Size OD Size Length✸ OD Torque
Rating
in. mm in. mm in. mm ft m in. mm ft-lbs
6 - 6-1/2 152.4 - 165.1 5.500 139.7 4-1/2 114.3 20 2.13 5.63 143.0 6,000
8-1/2 215.9 8.000 203.2 5-1/2 139.7 20 2.13 7.00 177.8 10,000
✸ Other ECP Lengths available.
Openhole Whipstock System

Product Family Nos. H30149, H30155,
H30156, and H15076
88
Baker Oil Tools
COILED TUBING the standard packer setting tools. After

the packer is set the orientation of the
WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM packer key is checked using a Gyro
FOR MONOBORE Survey Tool on wireline or MWD on CT.
APPLICATIONS Land the whipstock in the packer and
make the starting cut. The typical BHA
Product Family No. H15043 would be the TM Anchor, CT Whip-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION stock, CT Starter Mill, Extension Sub,
Mud Motor, Dual Circulation Sub, Hy-
The Coiled Tubing Whipstock System is draulic Disconnect, Dual Flapper Back
designed to allow milling a window us- Pressure Valve (optional), and CT Con-
ing only a coiled tubing workstring and nector. Once latched in, the starter mill
mud motor. The entire casing exit is nor- is then sheared free and milling com-
mally performed with only the use of pleted.
electric line and coil tubing. This is es-
pecially desirable in applications where The window milling BHA would then be
the well can be drilled and then complet- run in consisting of a CT Window Mill,
ed using CT as well. This procedure CT Watermelon Mill, Flex Joint, Mud
normally requires two electric line trips, Motor. Downhole Magnets may also be
(one to set the packer and one to run the run in the milling string to catch the met-
GYRO survey), then two CT trips, (one al cuttings if a sufficient annular velocity
to make the starting cut, and one to mill can not be obtained to clean the hole.
the window and drill the rat-hole). The After the window is completed and the
milling system utilizes METAL rat-hole drilled, drilling assemblies may
MUNCHER technology and is specifi- be run in the hole.
cally designed to maintain a high rate of FEATURES/BENEFITS
penetration with a minimal amount of
• Field-proven system
torque and weight. All aspects of the
• System specifically designed for use
system have been optimized for use
with coiled tubing
with coiled tubing. The Coiled Tubing
Whipstock System may be run with any • Engineered milling BHA to reduce
of the TorqueMaster™ Packers or Re- connection stress
trievable Bottom Trip Anchor for retriev- • Retrievable options available
able applications. • Utilizes METAL MUNCHER technol-
ogy for faster more efficient
OPERATION window milling
The packer is first run in and set using • Variety of anchors can be used
either wireline or coiled tubing on one of
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Weight
Connection
OD Range
(Pin)
in. mm lb/ft kg/m
4-1/2 114.3 11.60 - 12.60 17.3 - 18.8
2-3/8" PAC DSI
5 127.0 18.00 - 26.70 26.8 - 39.7
5-1/2 139.7 17.00 - 23.00 25.3 - 34.2 2.875" IF
7 177.8 26.00 - 29.00 38.7 - 43.2
3.500" IF
7-5/8 193.7 29.70 - 33.70 44.2 - 50.2
Coiled Tubing Whipstock System

89
THRU-TUBING Survey Tool and an electrical or hydrau-

lically operated orienting tool. When us-
WHIPSTOCK FOR ing a hydraulically operated orienter
RESTRICTED BORE with an MWD system, a Fluid Activated
APPLICATIONS Injection Valve (FAIV) is used to prevent
premature setting of the Whipstock as-
Product Family Nos. H15050 sembly. Once set, the Window is milled
and H15076 using the recommended METAL
MUNCHER Window Mill or Diamond
Speed Mill, Watermelon Mill and Flex
The Mechanical Thru-Tubing Retriev- Joint. A typical window milling BHA con-
able Whipstock is designed to be run on sists of a CT Connector, Back Pressure
electric line or coil tubing, through tub- Valve, Weight Bars, Disconnect, Circu-
ing or through restrictions in the well- lation Sub, Mud Motor, Flex Joint, Wa-
bore, and set in larger casing. termelon Mill and Window Mill. If
recovery of the whipstock is required, a
OPERATION Hydraulic overshot is run to latch onto
The whipstock is set by using a Baker the top of the Whipstock. Straight pull
Model E-4™ Wireline Pressure Setting will shear release the setting mecha-
Assembly, or a Model J™ Hydraulic nism and the Whipstock collapses com-
Setting Tool. The Mechanical Thru-Tub- pletely to pull out of the hole.
ing Retrievable Whipstock allows a win-
FEATURES/BENEFITS
dow to be milled below the completion,
thus eliminating the expense of a work- • Window can be cut without pulling
over rig. The permanent version per- existing completion or production tub-
forms the same function, but offers the ing
advantage of a larger bit/mill size. A • Can go through existing tubing or
special adaptor kit which takes the restrictions and set in up to 7-5/8"
place of the standard Model B™ WL (193.5 mm) casing
Adaptor Kit is used to mate the Whip- • Retrievable for multi-zone applica-
stock to the setting tools. When using tions
WL the Whipstock will automatically ori- • One trip WL or CT set
entate to high side due to low side • Uses METAL MUNCHER or Diamond
weight distribution along the ramp. Speed Mill technology for faster more
When run on CT and set hydraulically efficient window milling
the Whipstock can be oriented to the • Bypass flow area allows production
desired direction using an MWD or Gyro from the main bore below
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Mechanical Thru-Tubing Retrievable Whipstock, Product Family No. H15050
Tubing/Casing Weight Whipstock Exit
OD Range OD Size
in. mm lb/ft kg/m in. mm in. mm
4 114.3 12.600 18.8 2.625 66.7 2.800 71.1
3.800 96.5
7 177.8 17.00 - 38.00 25.3 - 56.6 3.625 92.1
4.500 114.3
7-5/8 193.7 24.00 - 42.80 35.7 - 63.7 3.625 92.1 4.500 114.3
Mechanical Thru-Tubing Permanent Whipstock, Product Family No. H15076

Tubing/Casing Weight Whipstock Exit
OD Range OD Size
in. mm lb/ft kg/m in. mm in. mm
5 127.0 15.00 - 18.00 22.3 - 26.8 3.625 92.1 3.800 96.5
5-1/2 139.7 15.50 - 23.00 23.1 - 34.2 3.625 92.1 3.800 96.5
Permanent and Retrievable 3.800 96.5
Whipstocks 7 177.8 17.00 - 38.00 25.3 - 56.6 3.625 92.1
4.250 108.0
Product Family Nos. H15050
and H15076
90
COIL TUBING Model J™ Hydraulic Setting Tool.

When using E-Line, the whipstock is
MECHANICAL SET oriented with Eccentric Weight Bars.
WHIPSTOCK FOR When run in on CT, the whipstock can
MONOBORE be oriented using an MWD or Gyro
Survey. Once the anchor assembly is
APPLICATIONS set the window is milled using Coil
(PATENT PENDING) Tubing Workstring, Mud Motor, Wa-
Product Family No. H15042 termelon Mill, and Diamond Speed
Mill.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The CT Mechanical Set Whipstock is
designed to mill a window exit in the • Window can be cut without pulling
completion or production tubing, liner existing completion or production
or casing; eliminating the expense of tubing
a costly workover rig. The anchor • One trip to set whipstock on Wire-
mechanism is an integral part of this line or Coil Tubing
whipstock system, thus reducing the • Uses Diamond Speed Mill technol-
number of trips required to complete ogy for efficient window cutting
the window. The whipstock can be set • Anchor is an integral part of the
with either the Baker Model E-4™ whipstock
Wireline Pressure Setting Tool or a

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tubing/Casing Whipstock Exit
OD OD Size
3-1/2 88.9 2.625 66.7 2.800 71.1
Coil Tubing Mechanical Whipstock

for Monobore Applications
91
ML WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM and cemented in place. The root junction

is then formed by
removing the top of the liner to 5 ft (1.5 m)
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION above the window, and by washing over
the remaining liner and the whipstock
The ML Whipstock was specifically de-
with the ML Washover Rotary Shoe. The
signed for multilateral operations. Once
rotary shoe engages the control sub be-
the window is milled and the liner ce-
low the whipstock and the entire ML
mented in place across the window, the
Whipstock Assembly and liner stub are
whipstock is then washed over, retrieved,
retrieved together. A cemented junction
and the liner trimmed flush with casing ID
with mechanical stability has been creat-
in the same run.
ed and multilateral completion equipment
OPERATION can now be installed.
The ML Whipstock Assembly consists of FEATURES/BENEFITS

the ML Whipstock, Excluder Sub, Control • The ML Whipstock remains in the hole
Sub, Unloader Valve, Space-out Joint, throughout the window milling and liner
Shear Type Disconnect, and second Ex- installation/cementing operations. This
cluder Sub. The assembly is run in hole reduces the number of trips, and low-
with the starter mill shear pinned to the ers the risk of repositioning a guide
whipstock. The anchor is landed in the stock
ML Packer Bore. The starter mill is • The ML Whipstock is retrieved during
sheared and approximately 2 ft (60 cm) the same trip as the washover opera-
of window is created. The window is com- tion thus reducing the number of trips
pleted using additional runs with the win-
• The ML Whipstock is retrieved by
dow mill and full gauge watermelon mill.
means of a reliable and positive engag-
The lateral is drilled and the liner is run
ing mechanism
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing
Weight Range Connection
OD
(Pin)
in. mm lb/ft kg/m
7 177.8 20.00 - 35.00 29.8 - 52.1 3.500" IF
9-5/8 244.5 36.00 - 53.50 53.6 - 79.6 4.500" IF
Rotary Shoe for ML

Whipstock System
Product Family
No. H15110
ML Whipstock System
92
EXCLUDER SUB
The Excluder Sub is used with the Retrievable Whipstock to prevent debris from getting around the anchor or
packer assembly.
OPERATION
The first Excluder is placed in the string assembly below the Whipstock to prevent debris from falling down
around the anchor or packer during milling or washover operations. A second Excluder is placed directly
above the anchor or packer and below the emergency shear type disconnect. This forms a secondary back-
up barrier to prevent any residual debris from falling down during the washover or retrieval operation.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Debris barrier prevents debris from accumulating around the anchor or packer
• Can be run as a debris barrier on all whipstock systems
• Port above cup to prevent swabbing during retrieval
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size
Connection
in. mm
5 127.0 2.375" PAC DSI
5-1/2 139.7 2.875" IF
7 177.8 3.500" IF
8-5/8 219.0 4.500 IF
9-5/8 244.4 4.500" IF

10-3/4 273.0 4.500" IF
11-3/4 298.4 4.500" IF
Excluder Sub
13-3/8 339.7 4.500" IF
Product Family
Non-ported Excluder Sub available for use with hydraulic setting tools. No. H15038
UNLOADER VALVE
The Unloader Sub helps prevent the swabbing of the well by providing an exit path for the fluid which has
entered the excluder port.
OPERATION
The Unloader Sub is placed below the Excluder Sub in the Retrievable Whipstock Assembly. When pick-up
force above a predetermined level is applied to the whipstock assembly, the shear screws shear and the Un-
loader Sub’s outer mandrel shifts. This upward stroke acts as an indicator that the whipstock is free and opens
fluid flow ports which allow well fluid to pass through the excluder mandrel thus preventing well swabbing. The
Unloader Sub transmits torque via the hexagonal profile of the inner mandrel.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Prevents well swabbing during whipstock retrieval
• It is rotationally locked to withstand high torsion loads
• Acts as an indicator that the whipstock is free
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Stroke Length
OD ID Connection
4.250 107.9 1.94 49.2 2-7/8" IF 12 304.8
4.625 117.5 1.50 38.1 3-1/2" IF 18 457.2
6.375 161.9 2.25 57.2 4-1/2" IF 30 762.0
Unloader Valve
Product Family
No. H14040
93
CONTROL SUB
The Control Sub allows retrieval of the ML Whipstock Assembly using the ML Washover Shoe with internal
profile.
OPERATION
The Control Sub is placed directly below the upper Excluder Sub in the ML Whipstock Assembly. The spring
loaded dogs on the Control Sub compress inwards allowing the ML Washover Shoe to pass over the dogs and
engage them in the internal profile. The washover assembly is then pulled from the well with the ML Whipstock
Assembly and liner stub contained within.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows retrieval of ML Whipstock Assembly during same trip as liner stub and whipstock washover
• The back angle cut on dogs provides positive engagement with the washover shoe profile
• The dogs are rotationally locked on a one piece body and able to withstand high torsional loads
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing
OD Connections
in. mm
5 127.0 2.375" PAC DSI
7 177.8 3.500" IF
9-5/8 244.5 4.500" IF
Control Sub
Product Family
No. H15037
SHEAR TYPE DISCONNECT

The Shear Type Disconnect is a safety release shear joint that is run below a Retrievable Whipstock Assembly.
This tool allows the recovery of the Whipstock should the anchor or packer fail to release.
OPERATION
The shear joint separates by pulling a tensile force greater than the valve of a selected shear ring. When the pre-
scribed overpull is exceeded, the shear ring will shear and the whipstock and all components above the shear
type disconnect can be recovered from the well. An external fishing neck profile will be left facing upward in the
well. An overshot and fishing jar can then be used to engage this profile and retrieve the remaining portion of the
disconnect and the anchor or packer.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows recovery of whipstock should packer or anchor fail to release, ensuring whipstock recovery even in
“worst case scenario”
• The joint is rotationally locked
• Adjustable shear ring values allows same tool to be dressed for different release loads
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size OD Shear Range
Connections
in. mm lbs kg
3.000 76.2 2.375" PAC DSI
3.500 88.9 2.375" PAC DSI
3,500 - 75,000 1,588 - 34,019
3.670 93.2 2.875" EU Tbg
Shear Type 4.125 104.8 2.875" PAC DSI
Disconnect 4.625 117.5 3.500" IF 80,000 - 120,000 36,287 - 54,431
Product Family
No. H14030 6.375 161.9 4.500" IF 50,000 - 120,000 22,680 - 54,431
94
TORQUEMASTER™ used. The anchor is retrievable with

straight overpull on the whipstock. For
BOTTOM TRIP retrievable applications a debris man-
RETRIEVABLE ANCHOR agement system consisting of a ex-
Product Family No. H15054 cluder, unloader, and emergency
disconnect should be run between the
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION whipstock and the anchor. The debris
The TorqueMaster Retrievable Bot- management system will keep debris
tom Trip Anchor is used to anchor a from falling around the anchor and
whipstock in place in the wellbore. It is possibly fouling the slips during re-
an alternative to the packer/anchor trieval.
assembly and it attaches to the lower
FEATURES/BENEFITS
end of the whipstock by means of a
drillpipe thread. The Retrievable Bot- • No welded components
tom Trip Anchor is primarily for use • Does not require circulation to acti-
with the WindowMaster™ One Trip vate
Milling System but can be run with the • Retrievable design allows for slip
Two Trip Type E™ Window Milling retraction, which prevents scarring
System.Operation casing during the retrieval process
To activate the setting sequence only • Uses the proven TorqueMaster
a bottom restriction is required. This Cam-Cone Slip System to eliminate
bottom can be in the form of a perma- risk of rotation
nent or retrievable bridge plug, top of • Short length

cement, liner top, production packer, • 20,000 ft/lb (14,815 Nm) torque rat-
etc. When using the Retrievable Bot- ing (9-5/8" (24.4 cm) and up)
tom Trip Anchor either the UBHO or
the MWD orientation method can be
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing
Weight A OD
Size
Connection
in. mm lb/ft kg/m in. mm
4-1/2 107.9 9.5 - 15.1 14.1 - 22.5 3.700 94.0
23.2 34.5 2.375" PAC DSI 3.700 94.0
5 127.0
18.0 - 21.4 26.8 - 31.8 3.951 100.4
14.0 - 20.0 20.8 - 29.8 2.875" API IF 4.603 116.9
5-1/2 139.7
23.0 - 26.0 34.2 - 38.7 (NC-31) Box 4.403 111.8
20.0 - 38.0 29.8 - 56.6 5.675 114.1
7 177.8
38.0 - 49.5 56.6 - 73.7 3.500" API IF 5.375 136.5
7-5/8 193.7 26.4 - 47.1 39.3 - 70.1 (NC-38) Box 6.170 156.7
8-5/8 219.1 24.0 - 44.0 35.7- 65.5 7.374 187.3
9-5/8 244.5 36.0 - 53.5 53.6 - 79.6 8.340 211.8
10-3/4 273.1 40.5 - 55.5 60.3 - 82.6 4.500” API IF 9.524 241.9
11-3/4 298.5 54.0 - 71.0 80.4 - 105.7 (NC-50) Box 10.370 263.4
13-3/8 339.7 54.5 - 72.0 81.1 - 107.1 12.084 306.9
Patented
Cam-Cone System
TorqueMaster Bottom Trip

Retrievable Anchor


TORQUEMASTER Pressure can now be applied to the
Hydraulic Set Anchor to secure the
HYDRAULIC SET whipstock in the casing. 350 psi
RETRIEVABLE ANCHOR (24.1 bar) to 500 psi (34.5 bar) is
Product Family No. H15040 required to shear each of the 3/8"-16
UNC Shear Screws. After shear
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION screws are sheared, lower cone will
The hydraulic set anchor is used to ratchet up shear sleeve. When the
anchor a whipstock in place in the lower cone has moved up a sufficient
wellbore. It is an alternative to the Re- amount the retrievable TorqueMaster
trievable TorqueMaster Packer as- Slips will begin to move outwards and
sembly, and it attaches to the lower bite into the casing ID.
end of the whipstock by means of a Flat ramps on the upper cone provide
drillpipe thread. It is used with the Hy- a cam surface under the slips. Torque
draulic WindowMaster one-trip win- forces are therefore transmitted di-
dow milling system. When used with rectly into the slips. As additional
the WindowMaster Whipstock Valve, torque is applied, the slips become
the MWD orientation method can be tighter in the casing. To retrieve the
used. The anchor is retrievable with anchor a predetermined overpull is
straight overpull on the whipstock. For applied to the whipstock to shear the
retrievable applications a debris man- shear screws.
agement system consisting of Exclud-
er, Unloader, and Emergency FEATURES/BENEFITS
Disconnect should be run between • Does not require a restriction in the
the whipstock and the anchor. The wellbore to activate
debris management system will keep • Retrievable design allows for slip
debris from falling around the anchor retraction, which prevents scarring
and possible fouling the slips during during the retrieving process
retrieval.
• Uses the proven TorqueMaster slip
OPERATION system to eliminate risk of rotation
• Redressable
When the whipstock reaches desired
setting depth, a MWD tool can be • Wide setting range
used to establish correct orientation. • Whipstock can be oriented, anchor
Once the whipstock is properly orient- set, and complete casing exit milled
ed, flow rate is increased to close the in one-trip
WindowMaster Whipstock Valve.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size OD Weight Range
Connection (Pin)
in. mm lb/ft kg/m
6-5/8 168.3 20.0 - 35.0 29.8 - 52.1
7 177.8 20.0 - 49.5 29.8 - 73.7
3-1/2" API IF
7-5/8 193.7 26.4 - 47.1 39.3 - 70.1
(NC-38) Box
7-3/4 196.9 46.1 - 48.6 68.6 - 72.3
8-5/8 219.1 24.0 - 44.0 35.7 - 65.5
Patented
Cam-Cone System
TorqueMaster Hydraulic Set

Retrievable Anchor
96
TORQUEMASTER tion, adjustable in 3° increments. Latching

the anchor into the packer bore isolates
PERMANENT PACKER zone and prevents any movement of the
AND ANCHOR whipstock.
The Baker TorqueMaster Packer and Re-
Product Family Nos. H41518 movable Whipstock Anchor System is a
and H41519 variation of the Baker TorqueMaster
Whipstock Permanent Packer System,
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION which allows multiple stab-in and stab-out
The TorqueMaster Packer is designed to of the whipstock anchor after the packer
permanently orient a TorqueMaster has been set.
Whipstock Anchor at a desired location in This allows the lower zone to be pro-
a cased hole for sidetrack operations. The duced after removing the anchor or to
packer is a variation of the familiar line of space out for another lateral.
Baker Retainer Production Packers.
The lower cone and torque slips are de- FEATURES/BENEFITS
signed to withstand torque loads up to • Only one directional survey required
20,000 ft/lbs (14,814 N/m). Flat ramps • Packer bore is open prior to landing
shaped on the lower cone provide a cam anchor allowing debris to fall through
surface under the slips. Torque forces the • Anchor stinger does not extend below
slips outward, engaging the casing bore. bottom of packer, allowing easy stab-in
The slip tooth pattern encircles virtually all even if packer is set on top of cement
of the casing inside diameter, locking the • No welded components
packer in place, holding torque and axial • Provides proven reliability of the stan-
loads. dard line of Baker Retainer Production
The internal guide key of the packer is Packers

used to locate the whipstock anchor and • Packer provides isolation of zone
survey instruments. The guide key design below-no cement plug needed
is superior to other designs; no welding is • Piston inside of anchor allows easy
required to hold the key in place. The key stab-in even with closed fluid volume
is enclosed and can not be knocked out of below packer
place. • Oriented easily on location without
The TorqueMaster Whipstock Anchor breaking any premium or API thread
uses proven Baker Bonded Seals to seal connections
the packer bore. After the packer is set • Whipstock anchor is compatible with
and a survey is made, the anchor is easily competitor whipstock systems
oriented on the surface to the desired di- • Multiple stab-in/stab-out of anchor
rection. The anchor allows 360° full rota- • Built-in debris excluder on anchor
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Packer Whipstock Anchor
Size Max Seal Bore
Weight Packer Anchor
OD OD Thru Body
Size ✸ Size ●
in. mm (lb/ft) in. mm in. mm
4-1/2 114.3 9.5-13.5 375-19 3.750 95.3
5 127 15.0-21.4 397-19 3.968 100.8 300-19
TorqueMaster
11.5-26.8 425-19 4.250 108.0 1.968 50.0 Whipstock Anchor
5-1/2 139.7 20-23 433-19 4.330 110.0 Product Family
400-19
14-17 450-19 4.500 114.3 No. H41518
35-38 569-26 5.687 144.4
29-35 588-26 5.875 149.2
7 177.8
23-26 600-26 6.000 152.4
17-20 625-26 6.250 158.8 500-26
39-42.8 625-26 6.250 158.8
7-5/8 193.6
24-33.7 650-26 6.500 165.1 2.688 68.3
7-3/4 196.9 46.1-48.6 625-26 6.250 158.8
9-5/8 244.4 36.6-53.5 813-26 8.125 206.4
9-7/8 250.1 62.8 813-26 8.125 206.4
800-26
10-3/4 273.0 40.5-60.7 944-26 9.437 239.7
13-3/8 339.7 54.5-72 1200-26 12.000 304.8
✸ Packer size example.
● Anchor size example. TorqueMaster
813 designates 8.125" (206.4 mm) packer OD and -26 designates a 2.688" (68.3 mm) packer seal bore. Whipstock Packer
Product Family Patented
800-26 denotes a TorqueMaster Anchor that is compatible with size 813-26 TorqueMaster Packers.
No. H41519 Cam-Cone System
NOTE: -26 designates a seal assembly that will fit in a 2.688 in. (68.3 mm) seal bore diameter.
97
RETRIEVABLE can be retrieved with one drillpipe trip.

After retrieval, full-bore access to the
TORQUEMASTER lower lateral is again restored.
PACKER
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Packing element above slip system
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION to prevent debris from fouling
retrieval
The Retrievable TorqueMaster Whip-
• Retrieval system not affected by
stock Packer from Baker Oil Tools in-
tailpipe weight or differential pres-
corporates all the performance
sure
enhancements of the already field-
• Weldless construction
proven permanent version with the
• Rated for 7,500 psi (517.1 bar), and
added benefit of one-trip full retriev-
350°F (177°C)
ability. The system is rated for 20,000
• Rated for 20,000 ft-lbs (2,766 kg-m)
ft-lbs (2,766 kg-m) of torque, 7,500 psi
of torque in either direction
(517.1 bar), and 350°F (177°C) when
• Special debris management sys-
run with the Reliant Packing Element
tem can be incorporated to prevent
System. It is specially designed for
debris from accumulating around
multilateral applications where the
the TorqueMaster Packer and foul-
lower zone requires isolation during
ing the release mechanism
drilling of the upper zone. It can be run
• Applicable with WindowMaster, ML,
in conjunction with the WindowMas-
ä
ter One-trip Window Milling System,
CT, or Type E Window Milling Sys-
tems
Multilateral Whipstock System, or
• Orientation can be performed with
Coiled Tubing Whipstock System.
MWD method
When run with the WindowMaster
• No bottom required to activate
System, only one-trip is required to
anchor
orient the whipstock, set the packer
and mill the window. Once the lateral • Packer can be set by pressuring the
is completed, the entire system then annulus or drillpipe
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Packer
Size Max
Weight Packer
OD OD
Size ✸
in. mm lb/ft in. mm
29-32 591 5.910 150.1
7 177.8
23-26 608 6.080 154.4
47-53.5 831 8.312 211.1
9-5/8 244.5
40-47 845 8.450 214.6
✸ Packer size example.
591 denotes 5.910 in. (150.1 mm) packer OD.
The torque ratings published may exceed actual makeup torque for the thread connection.
Patented
Cam-Cone System
Retrievable TorqueMaster Packer

(shown with setting tool)
98
TORQUEMASTER ML™ PACKER

Product Family Nos. H41540, H41541,
and H41542
The TorqueMaster ML Packer design provides permanent
orientation for drilling multiple laterals while retaining a pri-
mary completion bore below the packer.
The lower cone and torque slips are designed to withstand
torque loads in excess of 20,000 ft-lbs (14,814 N/m). Flat
ramps shaped on the lower cone provide a cam surface
under slips. Torque forces slip outward, engaging casing
bore. Slip tooth pattern encircles nearly all of the casing in-
side diameter, locking the packer in place, holding torque
and axial loads.
A special 180° orienting clutch is machined directly into
the packer body. This design is superior to lug design
seen on other products. Shear and bearing failures are vir-
tually eliminated. The milling anchor, production anchor
and survey instrument utilizes a clutch for orienting pur-
poses.
The ML TorqueMaster Milling and Production Anchors use
tried and proven Baker Bonded Seals to seal off packer
bore. After the packer is set and survey is made, the mill-

ing and production anchor can be easily oriented on the
surface to a desired direction. Both anchors allow 360° full
rotation, adjustable in 3° increments. Latching the anchor
into the packer bore isolates zone and prevents any move-
ment of Whipstock or Lateral Entry Guide.
A tailpipe assembly is recommended for most installations
which includes a landing nipple for a Debris Catcher. This
can be with or without a millout extension, both being of
equal length to accommodate the Debris Catcher.
Standard material grade for packer and production anchor
is 4140 - 4142 (18-22 Rc) alloy steel. The packer and an-
chor can be ordered with CRA materials and Aflas ele-
ments. Pressure rating of the tool is 7,500 psi
(517.1 bar) differential at 70°F - 300°F (21.1°C - 148.9°C). TorqueMaster ML TorqueMaster ML
The Packer can be wireline set or hydraulically set on tub- Milling Anchor Production Anchor
ing using standard adapter kits and setting tools. Product Family Product Family
No. H41541 No. H41542
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Wireline or hydraulically set
• Chrome Alloys and Aflas can be ordered
• Orientation adjustable in 3° increments over 360°
• Upper seal bore configuration uses existing bonded
seal accessories
• One piece Lower Body with 180° clutch orienting
Patented
profile Cam-Cone System
• No welded components
• Proven reliability of Baker Retainer Production Packer
sealing technology
• Packer provides isolation of zone above and below
• Cam shaped Lower Cone and Slips rated over
20,000 ft-lbs (14,814 N/m) torque
• Large lower bore to completion bore below
• May be run with a Debris Catcher with or without millout TorqueMaster ML
Packer
extension Product Family
No. H41540
99
RETRIEVABLE ANCHOR
AND CLEANOUT TOOL FOR
PERMANENT TORQUEMASTER PACKER
The Baker TorqueMaster Packer that utilizes the TorqueMas-
ter Removable Whipstock Anchor is a variation of the Torque-
Master Packer that utilizes the TorqueMaster Whipstock
Permanent Packer. The special Bottom Guide allows a snap-
in/snap-out Collet to be made up to the bottom of the packer.
The TorqueMaster Removable Whipstock Anchor is for multi-
ple stab-in and stab-out of the anchor after the packer has been
set. This allows the lower zone to be produced after removing
the anchor or to space out for another lateral. The Wash Tool
allows the packer bore to be flushed out should debris accumu-
late in the packer bore.
The packer with removable anchor has the same pressure and
temperature rating as the standard TorqueMaster and can be
conveyed by the same methods.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Proven features and benefits of TorqueMaster system
• Multiple stab-in/stab-out of anchor
• Built-in debris excluder on anchor
• Positive washout tools
TorqueMaster TorqueMaster
Retrievable Anchor Wash Tool Patented
Product Family Product Family Cam-Cone System
No. H41519 No. H41519
TorqueMaster
Packer
Product Family
No. H41518
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Packer Whipstock Anchor
ID Range in Which
Packer May Be Run OD Seal Bore Torque Snap-In Snap-Out
Size OD Weight Packer Anchor Tool Joint Box
Max Thru Body Rating Force Force
Max Min Size Size Thd Up
in. mm lb/ft kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm ft/lbs kg/m lbs m lbs m
4-1/2" 114.3 9.5-13.5 4.3-6.1 4.154 105.5 3.844 97.6 375-19 3.715 94.4
15-21.4 6.8-9.7 4.488 114.0 4.032 102.4 397-19 3.875 98.4 2-3/8"
5" 127.0 300-19 7,500 1037 1,900 862 17,630 7997
11.5 5.2 PAC DSI
4.631 117.6 4.393 111.6 425-19 4.186 106.3 1.968 49.99
26.80 12.2
5-1/2" 139.7 20-23 9.0-10.4 4.868 123.7 4.578 116.3 433-19 4.328 109.9 2-7/8"
400-19 15,000 2075 5,000 2268 46,250 20979
14-17 6.4-7.7 5.090 129.3 4.819 122.4 450-19 4.500 114.3 NC-31
35-38 15.9-17.2 6.123 155.5 5.801 147.4 569-26 5.690 144.5
29-32 13.1-14.5 6.293 159.8 5.990 152.2 588-26 5.880 149.4
7" 177.8
23-26 10.4-11.8 6.446 163.7 6.187 157.2 600-26 6.000 152.4 3-1/2"
2.688 68.3 500-26 20,000 2766 6,700 3039 62,100 28169
17-20 7.7-9.1 NC-38
6.750 171.5 6.376 162.0 625-26 6.250 158.8
39-42.8 17.7-19.4
7-5/8" 193.7
24-33.7 10.9-15.3 7.129 181.1 6.662 169.2 650-26 6.500 165.1
Additional packer sizes available. Contact your Baker Oil Tools Representative.

HYDRAULIC AND HYDROSTATIC

SETTING MODULE AND
ADAPTER KIT FOR THE
TORQUEMASTER
WHIPSTOCK PACKER
Product Family No. H41518, H41581,
and H41583
The Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Setting Modules
are designed to set the TorqueMaster Whip-
stock Packer, Product Family No. H41518, or
the Retrievable TorqueMaster Packer, Product
Family No. H64501, at a desired location in a
cased hole for side track operations. The
TorqueMaster Packer, when set with the Hydro-
static or Hydraulic Setting Module, allows a true
one-trip orient, set, and window cut when run
with the WindowMaster Window Cutting Sys-
tem. The Hydrostatic Setting Module sets the
TorqueMaster Packer with applied pressure to
the annulus.

The Hydraulic Setting Module sets the Torque-
Master Packer with applied pressure to the tub-
ing. A MWD Bypass Valve and special
WindowMaster Whipstock and Starter Mill are
required to set the Hydraulic Setting Module.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
Adapter Kit for the
• True, one-trip orient, set, and mill TorqueMaster
• All the TorqueMaster benefits in one-trip Whipstock Packer
Product Family
• Rated to 20,000 ft-lbs (14,814 N/m) torque in No. H41583
both directions
• Shear ring field redressable (Hydrostatic Set- Hydraulic Hydrostatic
Setting Module Setting Module
ting module only) Product Family Product Family
• Setting module and whipstock can be No. H41518 No. H41581
retrieved even if packer cannot. Leaves mini-

mal equipment in hole to wash over
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
• Packer can be washed over and retrieved in
one-trip with Plug Plucker Type Retrieval Tool Casing
Size Hydraulic Hydrostatic
Weight
Adapter Kit Adapter Kit
• All seals can be tested in. mm
• Withstands up to 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bars) 6-5/8 168.2 24.00
✔ ✔
7 177.8 35.00-38.00
hydrostatic pressure 7 177.8 29.00-32.00 ✔ ✔
7 177.8 23.00-26.00 ✔ ✔
17.00-20.00
7 177.8 ✔ ✔
39.00-42.80
7-5/8 193.6 24.00-33.70 ✔ ✔
7-3/4 196.9 46.1-48.6 ✔ ✔
9-5/8 244.4 36.60-53.50 ✔ ✔
9-7/8 250.1 62.8 ✔ ✔
10-3/4 273.0 40.50-60.70 ✔
13-3/8 339.7 54.50-72.00 ✔
101
FIXED LUG WHIPSTOCK the lug. This will allow the recocking of the
jars. The fixed lug can be released by apply-
RETRIEVING TOOL ing a small amount of right-hand torque and
Product Family No. H15051 lowering the lug through the neutral point.
The Fixed Lug Retrieving Tool is designed as • Solid body construction for strength and
the primary method of engaging the Window- durability
Master whipstocks and removing them from • Can be easily disengaged and re-engaged
the wellbore. There are three methods of re- multiple times
trieving a retrievable whipstock, the Fixed • Will take weight for cocking fishing jars,
Lug, the Rolling Dog, and the Special Box should this become necessary
Tap, but it is recommended that the fixed lug • Jets at top of tool to clean retrieving slot
be used first. • Dovetail slot prevents dropping whipstock
while pulling out of the hole
OPERATION
Recommended bottom hole assembly in-
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
cludes the Fixed Lug, jars and drill collars.
The lug is lowered to the correct measured WindowMaster Tensile
System Size Dim Load Rating
depth and slowly worked up and down. If the Connection
in. mm lbs kg
lug does not engage, rotate the pipe and work
5-1/2 139.7 2.875" API IF 100,000 45,360
up and down again. Repeat this process until
7 177.8 3.50" API IF 200,000 90,720
the lug engages. The lug can also be orientat- 7-5/8 193.7 3.50" API IF 200,000 90,720
ed with either a MWD or Gyro. Once the lug 8-5/8 219.0 4.50" API IF 200,000 90,720
engages, follow recommended procedures 9-5/8 244.4 4.50" API IF 200,000 90,720
for releasing the anchor or packer below the 10-3/4 273.0 6.625" API Reg 250,000 113,400
whipstock. With the lug engaged, weight can 11-3/4 298.5 6.625" API Reg 250,000 113,400
Fixed Lug Whipstock
be set down on the lug without disengaging 13-3/8 339.7 6.625" API Reg 250,000 113,400
Retrieving Tool
ROLLING DOG WHIPSTOCK With the pumps still running slowly, lower the
Rolling Dog over the top of the whipstock until
RETRIEVING TOOL the tool starts to take weight. Pick the tool up
Product Family No. H15064 6 in. (152.4 mm) and shut off the pumps. The
flipper dog will now engage the whipstock. If
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION the rolling dog fails to engage, rotate the pipe
The Rolling Dog Retrieving Tool is the second and repeat the process. The Rolling Dog can
option to engage the WindowMaster Whip- also be orientated with either a MWD or Gyro.
stocks and remove them from the wellbore. Once the Rolling Dog engages, follow recom-
There are three methods of retrieving a re- mended procedures for releasing the anchor
trievable whipstock: the Fixed Lug, the Rolling or packer below the whipstock.
Dog, and the Special Box Tap. It is recom- Caution: Before recocking the jars, turn the
mended that the Fixed Lug be used first. If the pumps on and release the flipper dog. The
Fixed Lug cannot be run or will not engage the Rolling Dog can be released by turning on the
whipstock, it is recommended the Rolling Dog pumps and slacking off the pipe.
be run. The Rolling Dog, like the Fixed Lug, is
a releasable tool. The Rolling Dog has a lower FEATURES/BENEFITS
tensile yield than the Fixed Lug. • Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy
steel
OPERATION • Can be disengaged and re-engaged
Run tool string in the well to just above the top • Simple operation for reliability
of the whipstock, stop and turn the pumps on.
This will retract the flipper dog inside the tool.
Rolling Dog Whipstock

Retrieving Tool
102
SPECIAL TAPER BOX TAP OPERATION

FOR RETRIEVAL OF Recommended bottom hole assembly in-
cludes the Special Box Tap, Safety Joint, Jars
WINDOWMASTER and Drill Collars. The tool is engaged with a
WHIPSTOCKS combination of set-down weight and rotation.
Product Family No. H11099 Apply the torque several times to help ensure
a good hold on the whipstock.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The Special Taper Box Tap is designed to en- • Wicker profile is specially designed to
gage the WindowMaster Whipstocks. Once match the upper segment of the whipstock
engaged, the retrievable anchor or packer can profile
then be released from the wellbore. There are
• Will not damage whipstock face
three methods of retrieving a retrievable whip-
• Simple design for reliability
stock, the Fixed Lug, the Rolling Dog, and the
Special Taper Box Trap. It is recommended • Cutlip guide aids in getting over top of
that the Fixed Lug be used first, the Rolling whipstock
Dog second, and the Special Box Tap third.
The Special Box Tap is not a releasable tool.
The Special Taper Box Tap is normally the
third option for retrieving.

Special Taper Box Tap
For Retrieval of
WindowMaster Whipstocks
HYDRAULIC OPERATION
Determine the normal flow required for run-
WHIPSTOCK VALVE ning the MWD equipment, the maximum flow
Product Family No. H15036 rate attainable from the pumps, and the mud
weight. Consult the nozzle chart in the tech
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION unit for the respective tool size to determine
The WindowMaster Whipstock Valve allows the appropriate nozzle size. To shift the valve
operation of MWD equipment in conjunction after the MWD operations are complete, in-
with the WindowMaster Milling System and crease the flow rates to the maximum charted
Retrievable TorqueMaster™ Packer. The in- shear flow rate for the respective tool size.
tegrated systems provide true one-trip opera-
tion. The use of MWD whipstock orientation, FEATURES/BENEFITS
closure of flow to the annulus, setting the • Valve allows integration of field-proven sys-
packer and complete milling of the casing is tems
accomplished with one trip of the drillpipe. The • Whipstock can be oriented, packer set, and
valve is actuated hydraulically by varying the complete casing exit milled in one trip
flow rate in the drillpipe. Manipulation of the • Manufactured from heat-treated alloy steel
drill string is not required. Internal pressures for maximum service life
above and below the valve are equalized rela- • Multiple exit ports prevent valve from clog-
tive to the annulus to prevent accidental actu- ging during MWD operations
ation due to differential pressure across the • Compression sleeve protects snap ring from
valve. The valve is actuated at a flow rate con- contamination so valve will close reliably
siderably higher than that required for normal
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
MWD operation, therefore the packer will not
be set accidentally during normal MWD orien- Casing Size Connection
tation. in. mm Pin Box
7 177.8 3.50" API IF
9-5/8 244.5 4.50" API IF Hydraulic Whipstock Valve
103
Baker Oil Tools
NOTES
104
PILOT/SECTION MILLING AND UNDERREAMING TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
PILOT/SECTION MILLING AND UNDERREAMING TOOLS

Pilot milling is used to mill away complete sections of casing from either the wellhead or the liner hanger down
to desired depth. This is done in conjunction with slot recovery on a fixed platform or to sidetrack in open hole
below the casing shoe. METAL MUNCHER Turbo Mills provide extended blades for extra mill life. In most cases
pilot mills are capable of milling faster than the cuttings can be removed from the well. Section milling is used
to remove the entire casing from a section of the well. Primarily section milling is done in conjunction with side
tracking. Underreaming tools provide a means to go through a string of casing and open up the wellbore to a
larger size. This can be done to improve a cement job or to expose new formation for a gravel pack. With any
of these tools it is recommended to run drilling jars, string mills for stabilization and shock subs to minimize vi-
bration at the mill.
DRILLPIPE
DRILLPIPE
DRILL COLLARS
DRILL COLLARS
DRILLING JAR

DRILL COLLARS STRING MILL
(Refer to page 33)
STRING MILL
(Refer to page 33)
SHOCK SUB
SHOCK SUB
LOCKOMATIC SECTION MILL

(Refer to page 108)
METAL MUNCHER TURBO PILOT MILL

(Refer to page 106)
SUPERLOY TAPER MILL

(Refer to page 33)
SUPERLOY TAPER MILL
(Refer to page 33)
Turbo Pilot Mill Bottomhole Assembly Lockomatic Section Mill Bottomhole Assembly
105
Baker Oil Tools PILOT/SECTION MILLING AND UNDERREAMING TOOLS
METAL MUNCHER treated as a machining process rather

than a milling process. Once the opti-
PILOT MILL (PATENTED) mum weight and RPM is established it
should be adhered to.
METAL MUNCHER The METAL MUNCHER cutting struc-
TURBO PILOT MILL ture allows up to ten (10) times the
Product Family No. H15121 ROP. This will require a mud system
capable of suspending the cuttings
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION and carrying them to the surface.
The METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill is a Special consideration should also be
high-performance mill used for milling given to additional surface equipment
washover pipe, casing, and liners. to handle cuttings.
The blade design continuously index- METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mills are
es a new cutting surface during mill- available to cut all standard sizes of
ing. The insert design produces small, casing and can be manufactured for
uniform, and easy to handle cuttings. any size. The mills can be manufac-
The METAL MUNCHER Turbo Pilot tured with a connection down for mill-
Mill is available with 18" (457 mm) ing applications that are too close to
blades for slot recovery and long sec- surface to run sufficient drill collar
tions of casing to be milled. weight above the mill.
The METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill • Increased rates of penetration
should be run with a shock sub and • Smaller cuttings
METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill
sufficient drill collars to provide a wide • Long mill life
Product Family No. H15121 range of milling weights. Both weight • Turbo mill has extended blades for
on mill and RPMs will be determined longer life
by penetration rate, torque, and cut-
• Hardened surfaces on areas of high
tings removal. Pilot milling with the
wear
METAL MUNCHER inserts should be
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Blade
Size Connection OD
in. mm in. mm
4-1/2 114.3 2-3/8" API Reg 5-1/2 139.7
5 127.0 2-7/8" API Reg 6-1/16 154.0
5-1/2 139.7 3-1/2" API Reg 6-9/16 166.7
6-5/8 168.3 7-7/8 200.0
7 177.8 8-5/32 207.2
4-1/2" API Reg
7-5/8 193.7 9 228.6
8-5/8 219.1 10-1/8 257.2
9-5/8 244.5 11-1/8 282.6
10-3/4 273.1 12-1/4 311.2
6-5/8" API Reg
11-3/4 298.5 13-1/4 336.6
13-3/8 339.7 14-7/8 377.8
Other sizes are available upon request. Contact your Baker Oil Tools representative.
METAL MUNCHER Turbo Pilot Mill

106
MODEL D™ SECTION MILL the casing has been cut through,

pressure is increased until the annular
velocity is sufficient to bring cuttings
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION out of the hole. RPMs and weight on
mill may be adjusted to obtain opti-
The Model D Section Mill is an inside
mum mill performance.
cutter and a section mill. It is designed
for sidetracking operations, as well as After milling for three to five feet
for milling perforated casing in pro- (0.91 to 1.5 meters), rotation contin-
duction zones, loose joints of surface ues and the pump is stopped while
pipe, and old casing for cementing picking up off the casing. Pressure is
new smaller casing to the formation. allowed to equalize and rotation is
stopped while picking up into the cas-
OPERATION ing above the cut point. Pressure is
The Model D Section Mill should be then resumed and slacked off into the
run with a minimum of 10,000 lbs window. The resulting pressure drop
(4,536 kg) of string weight in the bot- verifies cut-out and removes any
tomhole assembly. A bit or mill is run shavings which may have entered the
to help the tool enter the hole and stir tool while making the window cut-out.
cuttings during milling operation. The Milling operations are continued.
cut is started slowly, approximately
FEATURES/BENEFITS
two to five feet (0.61 to 1.5 meters),
above a coupling, then brought to a • Operates hydraulically for fast effi-
speed of 80+ RPMs for the cut-out. cient downhole milling

The pump is started and the number • Knife design reduces long stringers
of strokes increased to give a mini- and removes casing in short chips
mum pressure drop of 400 psi for easy lift and removal by the drill-
(27.6 bar) across the mandrel nozzle. ing fluid
During cut-out, approximately 1" • All six knives are used for the initial
(25.4 mm) is slacked off in 1/16" cut-out, reducing cut-out time and
(1.59 mm) increments over a period of minimizing the chance of bent or
five to ten minutes. Once the pump broken knives
gauge shows a definite pressure drop • Knives are dressed with METAL
of 200 psi (13.8 bar), indicating that MUNCHER
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Tool
Top
Size OD
Connection
in. mm in. mm
5-1/2 139.7 2-7/8" API Reg 4.500 114.3
7 177.8 5.500 139.7
3-1/2" API Reg
7-5/8 193.7 6.250 158.8
8-5/8 219.1 7.250 184.2
4-1/2" API Reg
9-5/8 244.5 8.250 209.3
10-3/4 273.1 9.250 235.0
11-3/4 298.5 6-5/8" API Reg 9.750 247.7
13-3/8 339.7 11.500 292.1
Model D Section Mill


Baker Oil Tools PILOT/SECTION MILLING AND UNDERREAMING TOOLS
LOCKOMATIC® SECTION MILL DRESSED

WITH METAL MUNCHER CUTTER
Product Family Nos. H15079 - H15089
The Lockomatic features a positive, direct lock and unlock mechanism yet de-
vised for expanding drilling and milling tools. The Lockomatic is as reliable as
the drill string itself - because the lock is an extension of the drill string. There is
direct control of the tool - as if the lock were in the driller's hand. The Lockomatic
is unmatched for: hole opening, underreaming, and casing milling.
OPERATION
Cutter arms are locked closed during run-in. Tool hang up is prevented by an
exclusive patented feature which damps off downhole hydrostatic pressure from
the pressure ports.
Circulation pressure moves the body and cutters upward by increasing the an-
nular volume between the kelly and upper body. Because the patented Locko-
matic mandrel lock remains in place as part of the drill string, the cutter arms
cam out over the mandrel lugs, forcing the cutters to expand. On box down mod-
els when the bit is also cutting, applied drilling weight helps cutter expansion and
maintains cutter expansion.
On reaching gage, the cutters lock in place and stay locked as long as pressure
and/or drilling weight is applied. The tool will not take true drilling weight until the
cutter arms are locked out to full gage cutting position.
To retrieve, release pressure and pick up on tool. This retracts the mandrel lock
from under the cutters. If chips and cuttings penetrate the collapsing mecha-
nism, the pull of the draw works will force obstructions out of the way and close
cutter arms. Springs and hydraulics are not involved. The Lockomatic retrieves
as easily as the drill string. Tool sizes range from 3-3/4" (95.2 mm) closed gage
to 48" (1219.2 mm) open gage.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Fast run-in
• Positive expansion
• Positive locking
• Positive unlocking
• Multiple applications: hole opening, underreaming, and casing cutting
Lockomatic Section Mill Dressed

With METAL MUNCHER Cutter METAL MUNCHER Cutter
Product Family Nos. H15079 - H15089 (SSMC)
108
LOCKOMATIC UNDERREAMER
Product Family Nos. H15079 - H15089
Specification Legend
Example
A Short Body. 10 K W A
B Long Body.
G Body with box down, mandrel not packed off.
K, L Lockomatic actuating system.
M Section Mill Cutter for all models.
Short body
S Spiral pilot body.
W Body with box down, mandrel packed off in box. Body with box down
X Extra long body for overreaching expansions. Lockomatic
Size 10
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Product API Reg API Reg Tool OD
Size Model
Family No. (Pin Up) (Box Down) in. mm
KSA, KSB, KSX, KMB NONE
H15079 2 2.375" 3.688 94.0
KMGB, KMWB 2.375"
H15080 3 KSA, KSB, KMB 2.375" NONE 4.250 108.0
KSA, KSB NONE
H15081 4 2.375" 4.750 121.0

KGA, KMWB 2.375"
KSA, KSB, KMB NONE
H15082 5 KGA, KMWX, 3.500" 5.563 141.3
3.500"
KWA, KWB
KSA, KSB, KSX, KMB NONE
H15083 6 KGA, KGB, KGX, 3.500" 6.000 152.4
3.500"
KMWB, KWB
KSA, KSB, KMB NONE
H15084 7 KGA, KGB, KMGB, 4.500" 7.500 191.0
4.500"
KMWB, KWB
KSB, KMB NONE
H15085 8 4.500" 8.500 216.0
KGB 4.500"
KSA, KSB, KMB NONE
H15086 9 5.500" 9.500 241.3
KWA 6.625"
KSA, KSB, KMB, LSA NONE
H15087 10 KWA, KWX 6.625" 6.625" 12.000 305.0
LWA 7.625"
6.625"
KWA, KWB NONE
7.625"
H15088 11 14.500 368.3
6.625" 6.625"
LWA, LWB
7.625" 7.625"
H15089 12 KWB 7.625" 7.625" 18.000 457.2
Lockomatic Underreamer
PDC Cutter Arm Roller Cone Cutter Arm Product Family Nos. H15079 - H15089
(SSDC) (SSRC)
109
Baker Oil Tools SPECIFICATION GUIDES
WASHPIPE DATA, PRODUCT FAMILY NO. H15660

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Make-up Torque Joint Washover Size
Weight Inside Wall Upset Drift Joint Tensile
OD Gage Efficiency
Connection Plain End Diameter Thickness Diameter Diameter Rec ✸ Max Yield Strength
■ Rec. Max.
No.
in. mm lbs/ft kg/m in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm ft/lb N/m ft/lb N/m lbsl kg % in. mm in. mm
TSWP 3-3/8 85.73 318 10.02 14.89 2.764 70.21 0.305 7.75 - - 2.639 67.03 1,000 741 4,000 2963 111,500 50510 47 2-1/2 63.5 2-5/8 66.68
TSWP 127 12.31 18.3 2.764 70.21 0.368 9.35 2.639 67.03 1,100 815 4,500 3333 160,00 72480 54 2-1/2 63.5 2-5/8 66.68
3-1/2 88.9 - -
TSWP 422 8.81 13.09 2.992 76.0 0.254 6.45 2.867 72.82 850 630 3,400 2519 97,400 44122 47 2.69 68.26 2-7/8 73.03
TSWP 3-5/8 92.08 674 7.06 10.49 3.240 82.3 0.192 4.88 - - 3.115 79.12 630 467 2,500 1889 74,000 33522 45 3.00 76.2 3-1/8 79.38
TSWP 675 9.55 14.19. 3.238 82.25 0.256 6.5 3.113 79.07 980 726 3,950 2926 108,700 49241 45 3.00 76.2 3-1/8 79.38
3-3/4 95.25 - -
TSWP 196 10.46 15.55 3.185 80.9 0.283 7.19 3.06 77.72 1,115 826 4,470 3311 123,100 55764 50 3.00 76.2 3-1/8 79.38
TSWP 3-13/16 96.84 75 11.7 17.39 3.187 80.95 0.313 7.95 - - 3.062 77.77 1,225 907 5,050 3741 138,500 62741 50 3.00 76.2 3-1/8 79.38
TSWP▲ 4 101.6 58 12.93 19.22 3.340 84.84 1.33 8.38 - - 3.215 81.66 1,370 1015 5,600 4148 163,670 69613 51 3-1/16 77.79 3-1/4 82.55
TSWP 12.02 17.87 3.826 97.18 0.275 6.99 3.701 94.01 1,400 1037 5,600 4148 134,000 60702 47 3-1/2 88.9 3-3/4 95.25
4-3/8 111.13 91 - -
TSWP 13.8 20.18. 3.749 95.22 0.313 1.95 3.624 92.05 1,660 1230 6,650 4926 158,700 71891 50 3-1/2 88.9 3-5/8 92.08
TSS 117 11.3 16.87 4.000 101.6 0.25 6.35 3.875 98.43 1,200 889 4,800 3556 99,50 44960 37 3-3/4 95.25 3-7/8 98.43
TSWP▲ 4-1/2 114.3 148 13.04 19.38 3.920 99.57 1.29 7.37 - - 3.795 96.39 1,460 1081 5,860 4341 160,800 72842 52 3-5/8 82.08 3-3/4 95.25
TSWP▲ 59 14.98 22.26 3.826 97.18 0.337 8.56 3.701 94.01 1,800 1333 7,220 5348 181,200 82084 51 3-1/2 88.9 3-11/16 93.66
TSS 4-3/4 120.65 92 17.2 26.04 4.000 101.6 0.375 9.3 - - 3.875 98.43 2,390 177.0 9,590 7104 181,400 82174 44 3-3/4 9.25 3-7/8 98.43
TSWP 4-7/8 123.83 105 11.57 17.2. 4.408 112.0 0.233 5.92 - - 4.283 108.8 1,380 1022 5,540 4104 134,600 60974 49 4.00 104.6 4-1/8 104.8
TSWP 50 178,900 81042 51
14.87 22.1 4.408 112.0 - - 1,870 1385 7,500 5556 4-1/8 104.8
TSWP▲ 57 0.296 7.52 4.283 108.8 184,600 8364 53
X-LINE 5 127.0 15.00 22.29 4.375 t 111.1 282,640 128036 80 4.00 101.6 4-1/4 108.0
18.00 26.75 4.250 t 108.0
73 5.36 136.1 2,700 2000 9,550 7074
X-LINE 350,400 18731 83
0.362 9.19 4.151 105.4 4-1/8 104.8
TSWP▲ 158 17.93 26.65 4.276 108.6 - - 2,460 1822 9,850 7296 218,500 98981 52
TSS 5-3/8 136.3 53 20.2 29.76 4.625 117.5 0.375 9.53 - - 4.5 114.3 2,900 2148 11,600 8593 222,800 100928 47 4-1/4 107.95 4-1/2 114.3
TSWP▲ 56 16.87 2.07 4.892 124.3 - - 2,370 1756 9,480 7022 209,700 94994 52
17.00 25.27 4.875 t 123.8
0.304 7.72 4.767 121.1 4-5/8 117.48 4-3/4 120.7
X-LINE 5-1/2 139.7 74 5.86 148.8 2,700 2000 11,800 8741 316,640 143438 80
TSWP 164 19.81 29.44 4.778 11.4 0.361 9.17 - - 4.653 118.2 2,970 2200 11,900 8815 237,200 107452 51 4-1/2 114.3 4-5/8 117.5
TSWP▲ 133 18.18 7.02 5.124 130.2 0.313 7.95 4.999 127.0 2,700 2000 10,800 8000 222,800 100928 2 4-7/8 123.83 5 127.0
5-3/4 146.05 - -
TSS 77 21.53 32 5 127.0 0.375 9.53 4.875 123.8 3,400 2519 13,580 10059 246,500 111665 49 4-3/4 120.65 4-7/8 123.8
TSS 78 15.35 22.81 5.5 139.7 0.25 6.35 5.375 136.5 2,500 182 10,000 7407 147,450 66795 41 5-1/4 133.35 5-3/8 136.5
TSWP▲ 6 152.4 428 19.64 29.19 5.352 135.9 0.324 8.23 - - 5.227 132.8 3,170 2348 12,700 9407 238,800 108176 52 5-1/8 130.18 5-1/4 133.4
TSWP▲ 79 22.81 33.9 5.24 133.1 0.38 9.65 5.115 129.9 3,870 2867 15,500 11481 276,300 125164 49 5.00 127.0 5-1/8 130.2
TSWP▲ 6-3/8 161.93 129 24.03 35.72 5.625 142.9 0.375 9.53 - - 5.5 139.7 4,250 3145 17,000 12593 288,300 130600 51 5-3/8 136.53 5-1/2 139.7
TSWP 93 23.58 35.05 5.921 150.4 - - 4,400 3259 17,590 13030 251,600 113975 45
6-5/8 168.28 0.352 8.94 5.796 147.2 5-5/8 142.88 5-3/4 146.1
X-LINE 70 24.00 35.67 5.91 150.4 7 177.8 3,900 2889 15,700 11630 420,720 190586 76
TSWP▲ 96 25.66 38.14 6.276 - - 4,970 3681 19,880 14725 315,200 142786 52
26.00 38.64 6.276 t
7 177.8 159.4 0.362 9.19 6.151 156.2 6.00 152.4 6-1/8 155.6
X-LINE 71 7.39 187.7 4,500 3333 20,900 15481 482,640 218636 80
TSWP 7-1/4 184.15 18 23.19 34.47 6.624 168.3 0.313 7.95 7.5 190.5 6.499 165.1 6,330 4689 25,300 18741 437,900 198369 56 6-3/8 161.96 6-1/2 165.1
TSWP▲ 94 5,700 4.222 22,800 16,889 343,000 155.379
7-3/8 187.3 28.04 41.68 6.63 168.3 0.38 9.5 - 0 6.5 165 52 6-3/8 161.96 6-1/2 165.1
TSWP▲ 109 5,725 4.241 22,900 16,963 341,300 154.609
TSWP▲ 166 25.56 37.99 6.97 177 0.33 8.3 6.84 174 5,080 3.763 20,300 15,037 309,300 140.113 51 6-3/4 171.5 6-7/8 174.6
TSWP▲ 122 5,650 4.185 22,600 16,741 378,500 171.461 55
29.04 43.16 6.88 174.6 0.38 9.5 - 0 6.75 172 6-5/8 168.3 6-3/4 171.5
TSWP 7-5/8 193.7 80 6,120 4.533 24,500 18,148 355,000 160.815 52
TSWP▲ 81 33.04 49.11 6.77 171.8 0.43 10.9 6.64 169 7,520 5.570 30,100 22,296 398,900 180.702 51 6-1/2 165.1 6-5/8 168.3
X-LINE 87 29.70 44.14 6.843 t 173.8 0.38 9.5 8.01 204 6.75 17.2 5,000 3.704 25,300 18,741 531,200 240.634 78 6-9/16 166.7 6-11/16 169.9
TSWP▲ 8 203.2 121 30.54 45.39 7.25 184.2 0.38 9.5 - 0 7.13 181 6,600 4.889 26,400 19,556 362,900 164.394 51 7 177.8 7-1/8 181
TSWP▲ 153 31.04 46.13 7.38 187.3 0.38 9.5 7.25 184 6,820 5.052 27,300 20.222 373,900 169.377 51 7-1/8 181 7-1/4 184.2
TSWP▲ 8-1/8 206.4 35.92 53.39 7.25 184.2 0.44 11.1 - 0 4.13 181 8,370 6.200 33,500 24.815 398,500 180.521 47 7 177.8 7-1/8 181
97
TSWP▲ 38.42 57.1 7.19 182.5 0.47 11.9 7.06 179 9,150 6.778 36,600 27.111 457,500 207.248 51 6-15/16 176.2 7-1/16 179.4
TSWP 163 33.95 50.46 7.58 192.5 0.4 10.1 7.45 189 7,500 5.556 30,000 22.222 407,900 183.420 51
8-3/8 212.7 - 0 7-1/4 184.2 7-3/8 187.3
TSS 106 37.09 55.13 7.5 190.5 0.44 11.1 7.38 187 7,000 5.185 28,100 20.815 441,000 199.773 55
TSWP▲ 151 31.1 46.22 7.92 201.2 0.35 8.9 - 0 7.8 198 6,700 4.963 27,100 20.074 335,300 151.891 41 7-9/16 192.1 7-11/16 195.3
X-LINE 8-5/8 219.1 103 36 53.51 7.813 t 198.5 0.4 10.2 9.12 232 7.7 196 5,500 4.074 37,100 27.481 652,000 295.356 79 7-5/8 193.7
7-1/2 190.5
TSWP▲ 110 39.29 58.4 7.73 196.2 0.45 11.4 - 0 7.6 193 9,950 7.370 39,800 29.481 475,200 215.266 51 7-11/16 195.3
TSWP▲ 9 228.6 139 38.92 57.85 8.150 207 0.43 10.8 - 0 7.99 203 9,920 7.348 39,700 29.407 458,400 207.655 50 7-7/8 200 8 203.2
TSWP▲ 152 38.94 57.88 8.84 224.4 0.4 10 8.68 220 10,450 7.741 41,800 30.963 463,400 209.920 8-1/2 215.9 8-3/8 212.7
- 0 51
TSWP▲ 140 42.7 63.46 8.76 222.4 11,750 8.704 47,000 34.815 507,800 230.033
9-5/8 244.5 0.44 11 8.6 218
X-LINE 114 43.5 64.65 8.67 220.1 10.1 257 6,000 4.444 48,500 35.926 836,960 379.143 83 8-1/4 209.6 8-1/2 215.9
TSWP 170 46.14 68.58 8.68 220.5 0.47 12 - 0 8.53 217 13,000 9.630 52,100 38.593 543,800 246.341 50
TSWP▲ 155 44.22 65.72 9.95 252.7 0.4 10.2 9.79 249 13,150 9.741 52,600 38.963 531,000 240.543 9-1/2 241.3 9-3/4 247.7
51
TSWP▲ 154 15,600 11.556 62,400 46.222 595,600 269.807
10-3/4 273.1 49.5 73.57 9.85 250.2 0.45 11.4 - 0 9.69 246 9-3/8 238.1 9-5/8 244.5
TSWP 124 14,250 10.556 57,000 42.222 606,000 274.518 52
TSWP▲ 147 54.21 80.57 9.76 247.9 0.5 12.6 9.6 244 17,550 13.000 70,200 52.000 641,800 290.735 50 9-1/4 235 9-1/2 241.3
TSWP▲ 156 52.57 78.13 10.9 276.4 0.44 11 10.7 272 12,130 8.985 48,500 35.926 377,400✧ 170.962 44 10-1/8 257.2 10-5/8 269.9
11-3/4 298.5 - 0
TSWP 125 58.81 87.41 10.8 273.6 0.49 12.4 10.6 270 13,230 9.800 52,900 39.185 470,400✧ 213.818 49 10 254 10-1/2 266.7
TSWP 12-3/4 298.5 150 49.56 73.66 12 304.8 0.38 9.5 13.5 343 11.8 301 28,500 21.111 114,100 84.519 807,300✧ 366.954 49 11 279.4 11-1/2 292.1
TSWP 13-3/8 339.7 134 66.11 98.26 12.4 315.3 0.48 12.2 13.75 349 12.3 311 25,000 18.519 100,300 74.296 788,900✧ 358.590 52 11-1/2 292.1 12 304.8
TSWP 16 406.4 426 81.97 121.8 15 381.3 0.5 12.6 16.75 426 14.8 377 43,000 31.852 172,000 127.407 1231,700✧ 559.863 52 14-1/4 362 14-3/4 374.6
All strengths maximum value - apply safety factor of two (2) to the joint tensile yield strength.
✸ = Recommended make-up torque = 25% of maximum make-up torque - does not apply to X-Line Connections.
■ = Ratio of the joint tensile yield strength to the pipe tensile yield strength.
t = The internal upset has been reduced.
▲ = Interchangeable with Hydril threads.
l = N-80 Pipe.
✧ = J-55 Material.
110
SPECIFICATION GUIDES Baker Oil Tools
N-80 WITH W.P. HYDRIL CONNECTIONS

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size Weight Calculated Joint Calculated Max, Joint Recommended
Wall ID Effective Area
OD Plain End Yield Efficiency Effective Area Working Torque Efficiency Makeup
Calculated at Calculated at
in. mm lbs/ft kg/m in. mm in. mm lbs kg % ft/lb N/m % ft/lb N/m
2-1/4 57.2 4.12 6.12 0.19 4.7 1.875 47.3 Box 52,000 23,556 53.5 650 481 33.7 100 74
2-3/4 69.9 6.68 9.96 0.25 6.4 2.25 57.2 Box 81,000 36,693 51.7 1,600 1185 43.1 230 170
3-1/4 82.6 8 11.89 0.25 6.4 2.75 69.9 Box 98,000 44,394 52.1 2,300 1704 42.9 320 237
3-1/2 88.9 9.91 14.73 0.29 2.922 74.2 82.3 Box 119,000 53,907 51.2 3,400 2519 47.1 500 370
3-3/4 95.3 9.32 13.85 0.25 6.4 3.25 82.6 Box 115,000 52,095 52.2 3,200 2370 42.5 450 333
11.6 17.25 0.29 7.3 3.428 97.1 Box 139,000 62,967 52.1 4,500 3333 46.6
650 481
4 101.6 14 20.81 0.33 8.4 3.34 84.8 Pin 131,000 59,343 47.1 4,600 3407 42.3
15.7 23.33 0.38 9.7 3.25 82.3 Box 175,000 79,275 50.8 6,000 444 50.7 870 644
4-3/8 111.1 12 17.84 0.28 7.0 3.825 97.2 Box 145,000 65,685 51.1 4,900 3630 43.3 700 519
11.6 17.24 0.25 6.4 4 101.6 145,000 65,685 61.1 4,200 3111 38.2 600 444
4-1/2 114.3 Box
16.6 24.67 0.34 8.6 3.826 97.2 182,000 82,446 51.6 6,700 4963 47 960 711
15 22.29 0.3 7.5 4.408 112.0 180,000 81,540 51.4 7,000 5185 43.5 1,000 741
5 127.0 Box
18 26.75 0.36 9.2 4.276 108.6 219,000 99,207 51.8 9,400 6963 49.5 1,300 963
5-1/2 139.7 17 25.27 0.3 7.7 4.892 124.3 Box 204,000 92,412 51.3 9,000 6667 44.2 1,300 963
5-5/8 142.9 17.7 26.31 0.31 7.9 5 127.0 Pin 209,000 94,677 50 10,000 7407 45.8 1,400 1037
18 26.75 0.31 8.0 5.125 130.2 Pin 222,000 100,566 52 10,300 7630 45.1 1,500 1111
5-3/4 146.1
22.5 33.44 0.38 9.7 4.99 126.7 Box 265,000 120,045 51.6 Pin 13,600 10074 50.3 1,900 1407
6 152.4 20 29.73 0.32 8.2 5.352 135.9 Box 232,000 105,096 50.2 12,200 9037 47.1 1,700 1259
6-3/8 161.9 24 35.67 0.38 9.5 5.625 142.9 Box 286,000 129,558 50.5 16,800 12444 50.3 2,400 1778
6-5/8 168.3 24 35.67 0.35 8.9 5.921 150.4 Box 280,000 126,840 50.4 16,900 12519 49.1 2,400 1778
7 177.8 26 38.64 0.36 9.2 6.276 159.4 Box 301,000 136,353 49.8 18,000 13333 45.4 2,600 1926
7-3/8 187.3 29 43.10 0.38 9.5 6.625 168.3 Box 329,000 149,037 49.9 21,200 15704 46.3 3,000 2222
7-1/2 190.5 28 41.62 0.37 9.3 6.765 171.8 Box 334,000 151,302 50.7 21,300 15778 45.6 3,000 2222
7-5/8 193.7 29.7 44.14 0.38 9.5 6.875 174.6 Box 340,000 154,020 49.8 22,700 16815 46.2 3,200 2370
8-1/8 206.4 39.5 58.71 0.47 11.9 7.185 182.5 Box 455,000 206,115 50.4 35,200 26074 51.6 5,000 3704
8-3/8 212.7 35.5 52.76 0.38 9.5 7.625 193.7 Box 376,000 170,328 49.8 27,700 20519 46.1 4,000 2963
8-5/8 219.1 36 53.51 0.4 10.2 7.825 198.8 Box 418,000 189,354 50.6 33,000 24444 48.8 4,700 3481
9 228.6 40 59.45 0.43 10.8 8.15 207.0 Pin 463,000 209,739 50.5 38,400 28444 49.3 5,500 4074
9-5/8 244.5 43.5 64.65 0.44 11.0 8.755 222.4 Box 502,000 227,406 49.9 46,100 34148 50.1 6,600 4889
10-3/4 273.1 51 75.80 0.45 11.4 9.85 250.2 Box 578,000 261,834 49.6 60,300 44667 50.3 8,600 6370
11-3/4 298.5 60 89.18 0.49 12.4 10.77 273.6 Box 687,000 311,211 49.7 81,000 60000 51.9 11,600 8593
13-3/8 339.7 72 107.01 0.51 13.1 12.35 313.6 Box 833,000 377,349 50.1 90,400 66963 42.2 12,900 9556
16 406.4 84 124.85 0.5 12.6 15.01 381.3 Box 970,000 439,410 50.3 123,000 91111 40.7 17,600 13037
111
Baker Oil Tools
NOTES
112
COILED TUBING STANDARD TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
TYPICAL BOTTOMHOLE ASSEMBLIES (BHA)
STANDARD BHA MOTORHEAD ASSEMBLY

When running a BHA on coiled tubing, a standard string of main The Baker Oil Tools Motorhead Assembly combines the main tool
tools is required to deploy the lower BHA. Baker Oil Tools offers in- components used in coiled tubing (CT) operations in modular form.
dustry leading technology components for this purpose. This string The combined tool length has been greatly reduced, in comparison
typically consists of a Coiled Tubing Connector, a Dual Back Pres- with the standard BHA, to allow ease of handling and deployment
sure Valve, a Hydraulic Disconnect and a Circulating Valve (espe- and also to effectively reduce the bending stresses in the BHA. The
cially in downhole motor operations). The Coiled Tubing Connector Motorhead assembly consists of the Coiled Tubing Connector,
is used to provide a connection to the end of the coiled tubing. The Dual Back Pressure Valve, Hydraulic Disconnect, Dual Circulation
Dual Back Pressure Valve provides a double isolation barrier to Sub, and optional Lockable Swivel.
prevent well fluids from entering the coiled tubing, particularly in the
case of rupture of the coiled tubing at surface. The disconnect, typ-
ically ball operated, is used as a release mechanism when the BHA
below the disconnect gets stuck. A Dual Acting Circulating Valve,
typically run in conjunction with a downhole motor, is used to create
communication between the coiled tubing and the annulus to in-
crease flow-rate once motor operations have been completed.
COILED TUBING CONNECTOR

(Refer to page 115)
DUAL BACK PRESSURE VALVE

(Refer to page 116)
MOTORHEAD ASSEMBLY
(Refer to page 114)

UNIVERSAL HYDRAULIC DISCONNECT
(Refer to page 117)
DUAL ACTUATED CIRCULATING VALVE

(Refer to page 122)
Standard Bottomhole Assembly Motorhead Bottomhole Assembly
113
Baker Oil Tools COILED TUBING STANDARD TOOLS
MOTORHEAD ASSEMBLY tor, dual back pressure valve, hydrau-

lic disconnect, dual circulation sub,
and optional lockable swivel.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The Motorhead Assembly combines • High tensile strength
the main tool components used in CT
• Full torque through capabilities
operations in modular form. The com-
bined tool length has been greatly re- • Shorter overall length
duced to allow ease of handling and • Full internal pressure integrity
deployment in the well and also to ef- • Standardized connections for ease
fectively reduce the bending stresses of use
in the BHA. The Motorhead Assembly
consists of the coiled tubing connec-
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Min ID ● Min ID ●
Standard
OD Circulating Sub Disconnect
Connection
1.69✸ 42.9 0.44 11.2 0.56 14.1
1" MT
1.69✸✸ 42.9 0.44 11.2 0.56 14.1
2.13 54.1 0.56 14.1 0.68 17.2
1-1/2" MT
2.25 57.2 0.56 14.1 0.68 17.2
2.88 73.2 0.68 17.2 0.81 20.4 2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.50 88.9 1.19 30.1 1.21 30.8 2-7/8" PAC DSI
✸External Connector.
✸✸ Internal Connector.
●Minimum ID sizes specified are maximum piston ID's possible. Smaller ID configurations are
available on request.
Length varies with size and style of Motorhead Assembly utilized.
Motorhead Assembly
114
COILED TUBING slip type or collet type design. The slip

type connectors are also equipped
CONNECTOR with set screws to rotationally lock
Product Family No. H13200 them from spinning when used in con-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION junction with tools that create torque
such as coiled tubing mud motors.
Coiled Tubing Connectors provide a The connectors utilize o-ring seals to
means of attaching a tool string to the seal off the coiled tubing in order to
end of the coiled tubing. The connec- maintain pressure integrity for the tool
tors, when installed correctly, provide string.
a reliable strong sealed connection to
the coiled tubing. All of the connectors FEATURES/BENEFITS
have been designed with either a fish- • High tensile strength
ing neck or a slick profile on the OD of • High torsional strength for motor
the top sub. This will accommodate applications
standard external fishing overshots • Large ID for maximum flow rates
should the need arise. Coiled Tubing and pump through of actuation balls
Connectors have been designed for
• Manufactured with fishing profile on
most sizes of coiled tubing. The
top of connector
Coiled Tubing Connectors are of the
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Min
Fishing Neck Coiled Standard
OD ID
Tubing OD Connection
1.44 36.6 0.68 17.3 1.44 36.6 3/4" CS Hydril
1.69 42.9 0.75 19.1 1.69 42.9 1" AM MT
1.00
1.81 46.0 0.75 19.1 1.81 46.0 1" AM MT
2.13 54.1 0.88 22.4 1.38 35.1 1-1/2" AM MT
1.69 42.9 0.75 19.1 1.69 42.9 1" AM MT
1.81 46.0 0.75 19.1 1.50 38.1 1" AM MT
1.25
1-1/4" API Reg
0.81 20.6 1.50 38.1
1-1/2" AM MT
2.13 54.1
0.75 19.1 1" AM MT Coiled Tubing Connector
1.81 46.0
1.00 25.4 1-1/2" AM MT Product Family No. H13200
2.19 55.6 0.63 16.0 1.81 46.0 1-1/4" API MT
2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 1.81 46.0 1-1/2" AM MT
1.50
2.75 69.9 1.00 25.4 2.31 58.7 2-3/8" EU
2.88 73.2 1.12 28.4 2.31 58.7 2-3/8" PAC DSI
1.00 25.4 2-3/8" API Reg
3.13 79. 2.31 58.7
1.50 38.1 2-7/8" PAC DSI
1.00 25.4 1-1/2" AM MT

2.25 57.2 2.00 50.8
0.63 16.0 1-1/4" API Reg
2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 2.31 58.7 1-1/2" AM MT
2.75 69.9 1.00 25.4 2.31 58.7 2-3/8" EU
1.75
2.88 73.2 1.50 38.1 2.31 58.7 2-3/8" PAC DSI
2-3/8" PAC DSI
1.50 38.1
3.13 79.5 2.31 58.7 2-7/8" PAC DSI
1.00 25.4 2-3/8" API Reg
1.78 45.2 2.375" Hydril
2.50 63.5 2.25 60.5
1.00 25.4 1-1/2" AM MT
2.63 66.8 1.00 25.4 2.63 66.8 1-1/2" AM MT
2.88 73.2 1.50 38.1 2.63 66.8 2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.00 79.5 1.75 44.5 2.75 69.9 2.00 2-3/8" EU 8 Rd
1.00 25.4 2-3/8" API Reg
3.13 79.5 2.75 69.9 2-3/8" PAC DSI
1.50 38.1
2-7/8" PAC DSI
3.50 88.9 1.50 38.1 3.13 79.5 2-7/8" PAC DSI
2.88 73.2 1.50 38.1 2.88 73.2 2-3/8" PAC DSI
1.96 49.8 2-3/8" EU 8 Rd
3.13 79.5 3.13 79.5
1.39 35.3 1.900" CS Hydril
2.38
1.00 25.4 2-3/8" API Reg
3.38 85.7 3.13 79.5
1.50 38.1 2-7/8" PAC DSI
4.75 120.7 1.96 49.8 3.13 79.5 3-1/2" API Reg
4.50 114.3 2.95 74.9 4.50 114.3 3.50 3-1/2" EU 8 Rd
115
DUAL FLAPPER BACK The Dual Flapper Back Pressure

Valve is normally run directly below
PRESSURE VALVE the coiled tubing connector in CT op-
Product Family No. H13204 erations and at the top of the BHA in
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION snubbing operations. The Dual Flap-
per Back Pressure Valve is run as a
The Dual Flapper Back Pressure well control measure to prevent well-
Valve is a flapper type valve that al- bore pressure from entering the work-
lows flow down the tubing, but stops string. No pipe manipulation or
flow coming back up the tubing. The pressurization sequence is required
Dual Flapper Back Pressure Valve to operate the tool.
has two flappers and flapper seals.
The second flapper is redundant to FEATURES/BENEFITS
the first and can be run where redun- • Dual valves
dant seals are required. The flapper is • Field-proven bonded Nitrile
designed so that a ball can be valve seats
pumped through it at minimum fluid • Short length
flow rate.
• Large ID
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID
Connection
1.44 36.6 0.56 14.2 19.75 501.7 3/4" CS Hydril
1.69 42.9 0.69 17.5 18.13 460.5 1" MT
1.81 46.0 0.69 17.5 18.13 460.5 1" MT
16.44 417.6 1-1/2" MT
2.13 54.1 0.81 20.6
18.07 459.0 1-1/4" Reg
2.50 63.5 0.81 20.6 16.94 430.3 1-1/2" MT
2.88 63.5 1.00 25.4 23.32 592.3 2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.06 77.7 1.00 25.4 18.75 476.3 2-3/8" EU 8 Rd
18.94 481.1 2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.13 79.4 1.00 25.4
18.82 478.0 2-3/8" API Reg
3.50 88.9 1.50 38.1 19.50 495.3 2-7/8" PAC DSI
3.75 95.3 1.00 25.4 33.00 838.2 2-7/8" API Reg
Dual Flapper Back Pressure Valve
116
UNIVERSAL HYDRAULIC Internal debris management is con-

trolled by the use of o-rings and a de-
DISCONNECT bris filter at critical locations inside the
Product Family No. H13209 tool. A rupture disk has been incorpo-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION rated into the Universal Hydraulic Dis-
connect to create a flow path should
The Universal Hydraulic Disconnect is the lower bottomhole assembly be-
a ball-operated emergency release come plugged. The rupture disk can
device designed to be run in a coil tub- be disabled when required.
ing application to provide a method of
separating from tools below the dis- After disconnecting, the remaining
connect. This disconnect incorpo- bottom half of the Universal Hydraulic
rates features to withstand all forces Disconnect and tools below can be
encountered during fishing, milling fished with a standard Hydraulic GS™
and drilling operations. The Universal Spear. A torque-through option is
Hydraulic Disconnect has a high available for the GS Spear should ro-
shock load strength, high tensile tation through the BHA left in hole be
strength, is rotationally locked, and desired.
has a shorter length when compared FEATURES/BENEFITS
to other hydraulic disconnects.
• Able to withstand continuous heavy
The Universal Hydraulic Disconnect is jarring and impacting loads applied
ideal for all applications including use in up and down modes
below hydraulic jars jarring up or • Increased tensile and torsion
down, use with HIPP-TRIPPER im- strength compared to other discon-
pact tools, and with drilling and work- nects
over motors. The tool has a positive • Incorporates a debris barrier to pro-
pressure drop indication when the hibit debris and fine sands from
shear screws have sheared. This also entering the tool
allows for circulation after disconnect-
• Rotationally locked for downhole
ing. The Universal Disconnect incor-
motor applications
porates a unique adjusting ring
locking feature, which is an advan- • Special fishing tools available with
tage in situations where high vibration probe for transmitting torque after
may occur. The tool is rotationally disconnecting.
locked for use in downhole motor or • Positive pressure indication at sur-
torque applications. face after disconnecting
• Has flow through capability after

disconnecting
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool
Min ID✹ Length Standard
Size
Connection
1.38 34.9 0.31 7.9 14.54 369.3 3/4" Hydril CS
1.69 42.9 0.53 13.5 13.93 353.8 1" AM MT Universal Disconnect
2.13 54.1 0.69 17.5 14.58 370.3 1-1/2" AM MT
2.88 73.2 0.81 20.6 15.50 393.7 2-3/8" PAC DSI
16.52 419.6 2-7/8" PAC DSI
3.13 79.4 1.00 25.4
20.17 512.3 2-3/8" Reg
3.50 88.9 1.25 31.8 19.46 494.2 2-7/8" PAC DSI
✹ Minimum ID specified is maximum piston ID possible. Smaller piston ID are available on request.
117
MODEL FAU™ SAFETY connect to separate. When discon-

nected, an internal GS fishing profile
HYDRAULIC DISCONNECT is left looking up, and subsequent re-
Product Family No. H13211 trieving operations may continue with
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION the Hydraulic Releasing GS™ Spear
(Product Family No. H13311).
The FAU Safety Hydraulic Disconnect
is specially designed for thru-tubing FEATURES/BENEFITS
fishing operations, and is built to with- • Provides controlled method of dis-
stand high tensile and torsion stress- connection from lower portion of
es encountered in jarring and motor BHA
applications. The FAU Safety Hydrau- • Disconnected portion has internal
lic Disconnect may be run anywhere GS profile
in the string as long as the actuation • Balanced to prevent accidental dis-
ball can be circulated to it. Should it connect
become necessary to disconnect from
• Torsionally locked
the tool string, a ball is circulated to
the releasing piston, additional pump • Large ID permits circulation of
pressure will shear the screws, allow smaller size actuation balls below
the piston to move down and the dis- the tool
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Min
Length Standard
OD ID ✸
Connection
1.44 36.6 .47 11.9 20.49 518.9 3/4" Hydril CS
1.69 42.9 .53 13.5 17.88 454.2 1" MT
1.81 46.0 .53 13.5 17.88 454.2 1" MT
2.13 54.1 .53 13.5 20.90 530.6 1-1/2" MT
2.25 57.2 .47 11.9 23.25 590.2 1-1/2" MT
2.50 63.5 .47 11.9 23.69 601.7 1-1/2" MT
2.88 73.2 .59 15.0 26.75 679.5 2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.13 79.5 .69 17.5 29.75 753.6 2-3/8" API Reg
3.50 88.9 1.25 31.8 29.75 753.6 2-7/8" PAC DSI
✸ Minimum ID specified is maximum piston ID possible. Smaller piston ID's and different
connections available on special request.
Model FAU Safety

Hydraulic Disconnect
118
HIGH LOAD DISCONNECT be run below impact jars if required.

Torsion strength is provided by a
unique octagonal spline which rota-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION tionally locks the tool.
The High Load Disconnect is a ball FEATURES/BENEFITS
actuated tool which utilizes hydraulic • High tensile strength
pressure for activation. This tool
• Used for jarring and motor applica-
leaves an internal GS profile for sub-
tions
sequent retrieving operations.
• Large ID
The disconnect is designed to with- • Shear screws have a predetermined
stand high tension and torsion stress- value
es encountered in thru-tubing fishing
• Can be fitted with smaller piston to
jarring and motor applications. High
run below jars
strength locking dogs allow the tool to
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Min
Length Standard
OD ID✸
Connection
1.69 42.9 .53 13.5 18.38 466.9 1" MT
2.13 54.1 .69 17.5 20.63 524.0 1-1/2" MT
2.25 57.2 .69 17.5 20.63 524.0 1-1/4" API Reg
2.88 73.2 .81 20.6 26.00 660.4 2-3/8" PAC DSI
2-3/8" API Reg
3.13 79.5 .81 20.6 23.00 584.2 2-7/8" PAC DSI
2-3/8" EU 8 Rd
3.38 85.7 .81 20.6 21.25 539.8 2-3/8" API Reg
✸ Minimum ID specified is maximum piston ID possible. Smaller piston ID configurations are
available upon request.
High Load Disconnect

119
PULL DISCONNECT predetermined axial load is obtained,

the tool will disconnect due to internal
components shifting and allowing
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION them to release. Upon disconnection,
the tubing and tool string placed
The Thru-Tubing Fishing Pull Discon-
above the disconnect may now be
nect offers the ability to disconnect at
pulled from the well. An external fish-
the central point of this tool by apply-
ing neck remains looking up in the
ing a known axial load through the
hole.
tool. The tool is rotationally locked so
it is compatible with tools that create FEATURES/BENEFITS
torque. • External profile
Applying a straight axial pull through • No actuation ball required
the tool activates the disconnect. The • No shear screws
load at which this tool is released can • Torque thru capabilities
be adjusted to accommodate a num-
• Adjustable disconnect load
ber of different applications. Once a
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Min Top Sub
Standard
OD ID ID
Connection
1.69 42.9 .41 10.3 29.00 736.6 1" MT
2.13 54.1 .44 11.1 34.95 887.7 1-1/2" MT
2.88 73.2 .69 17.4 41.25 1047.8 2-3/8" PAC DSI
2-3/8" API Reg
3.38 85.9 .75 19.1 55.75 1416.1
2-7/8" PAC DSI
Pull Disconnect
120
RK™ DISCONNECT special applications. The operation of all

the models are identical.
The RK Hydraulic Disconnects are ball op-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION erated devices which require tubing pres-
The RK Disconnect has been designed to sure for activation. Once the ball has
be used in a one-trip system when milling seated in the tool, pressure is applied to
with production tubing in a packerless the coiled tubing which shears the shear
completion. The disconnect is run above screws in a sleeve allowing the top section
the mill. When the job is complete a ball of the disconnect to unlatch from the bot-
can be dropped so that the mill and the tom section. The bottom part of the tool,
bottom of the disconnect are released and consisting of the collet seat, piston, and
dropped to the bottom of the well. The top check valve, is left in the hole. The top
sub remains attached to the tubing and section has a full open inside diameter
has tubing ID to allow full access. The RK that is compatible with the inside diameter
Hydraulic Disconnects have a built-in of the tubing.
check valve that prevents flow from going FEATURES/BENEFITS
up the tubing. The Model HL™ Disconnect
• Ball operated
uses dogs to lock the tool together and
uses a dual flapper check valve. The Mod- • Top sub has full tubing ID
el FA™ and FAU™ uses collets to lock the • Torque through for milling applications
tool together and uses a ball check valve. • Can be used on end of production tub-
The Model FAU is designed for cyclic side ing
loading and torque encountered in stan- • Incorporates ball check valve or flapper
dard milling operations. The Model FA de- check valve
sign is a cheaper, cost efficient version of • Available in different styles for specific
the disconnect that should be used for applications
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Model FA
Tool Min Top Sub
Standard
OD ID ID
Connection
2-3/8" EU 8 Rd Box
2-3/8" API Reg Box
3.13 79.5 0.41 10.3 2.13 54.1
2-3/8" EU 8 Rd Box
2-3/8" API Reg Box
2-7/8" EU 8 Rd Box
3.75 95.3 0.44 11.1 2.13 54.1
2-7/8" API Reg Box
Model FAU

Tool Min Top Sub
Standard
OD ID ID
Connection
2-3/8" EU 8 Rd Box
2-3/8" API Reg Box
3.13 79.5 0.41 10.3 2.13 54.1
2-3/8" EU 8 Rd Box
2-3/8" API Reg Box
2-7/8" EU 8 Rd Box
3.75 95.3 0.44 11.1 2.13 54.1
2-7/8" API Reg Box
Model HL
Tool Min Top Sub
Standard
OD ID ID
Connection
2-3/8" EU 8 Rd Box
2-3/8" API Reg Box
3.13 79.5 0.81 20.6 2.31 58.7
2-7/8" EU 8 Rd Box
2-3/8" API Reg Box
2-7/8" EU 8 Rd Box RK Disconnect
3.63 92.2 0.81 20.6 2.31 58.7
2-7/8" API Reg Box Product Family No. H13215
121
DUAL ACTUATED mary means of actuation is accom-

plished by pumping a ball which will
CIRCULATING VALVE shift the piston sleeve, exposing circu-
Product Family No. H13218 lation ports. The secondary means of
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION actuation is through a rupture disc. In
the unlikely event that the bottomhole
The Dual Actuated Circulating Valve assembly becomes plugged, in-
is designed to allow a circulation path creased pressure from the surface will
above a mud motor from tubing to an- rupture the disc and allow circulation
nulus. When the motor service is of an actuation ball.
complete, fluids may need to be
pumped for several hours to clean or FEATURES/BENEFITS
displace the wellbore. The use of this • Saves wear on the mud motor
valve can save unnecessary wear on • Large ID permits maximum flow
the mud motor during this operation. rates
The Dual Actuated Circulating Valve • Predetermined values on shear
is ball actuated and normally is run screws, and secondary rupture disc
below the hydraulic disconnect and • Balanced piston
above the downhole motor. The pri-
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool ✹ Min
Length Standard
OD ID
Connection
1.44 36.6 .41 10.4 16.00 406.4 3/4" Hydril CS
1.69 42.9 .41 10.4 12.56 319.0 1" MT
1.81 46.0 .41 10.4 12.56 319.0 1" MT
2.13 54.1 .56 14.2 14.13 358.9 1-1/2" MT
2.38 60.5 .44 11.2 15.13 384.3 1-1/4" Reg
2.50 63.5 .56 14.2 14.38 365.3 1-1/2" AM MT
2.88 73.2 .69 17.5 15.13 384.3 2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.13 79.5 .69 17.5 16.75 425.5 2-3/8" API Reg
3.50 88.9 1.00 25.4 18.00 457.2 2-7/8" PAC DSI
✹ Minimum ID specified is maximum piston ID possible. Smaller piston ID's and different
connections available on request.
Dual Actuated Circulating Valve

122
THRU-TUBING FISHING TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
TYPICAL BOTTOMHOLE ASSEMBLIES
FISHING BHA FOR EXTERNAL FISHING BHA

PARTED COILED TUBING Baker Oil Tools' patented hydraulic release fishing tools
have been designed to allow engagement of a fish with an
Baker Oil Tools' unique Snipper Overshot is used to fish
internal or external fishing neck. These tools were designed
parted coiled tubing. The BHA shown uses this technology
specifically for coiled tubing or threaded pipe operations
in combination with a High Pressure Pack-off, a Hydraulic
where no rotation is possible. The main feature of these
Jar and Accelerator. The overshot has a catch and cutting
tools is that it can be engaged and released by flow. The as-
mechanism, which washes over the top of the coiled tubing.
sembly shown combines the Hydraulic Release Overshot
Overpull activates the cutting mechanism to cut the coiled
with other hydraulic actuated tools to enable fishing thru
tubing and the cut part can be brought back to surface. This
tubing in larger bore. This BHA can locate a small fishing
ensures a clean fishneck with bore to allow a smooth path
neck in a larger bore by activating the indexing tool and the
for a chemical cutter should it be required.
hydraulic knuckle joint to systematically search the larger
bore and engage the fish.
.

(Refer to page 115)

(Refer to page 116)
MOTORHEAD ASSEMBLY
(Refer to page 114)
ACCELERATOR
WEIGHT BAR

HYDRAULIC JAR
INDEXING TOOL
(Refer to page 135)

(Refer to page 117)
HYDRAULIC BENT SUB
(Refer to page 153)
HIGH-PRESSURE PACK-OFF
(Refer to page 128)
SNIPPER OVERSHOT
HYDRAULIC RELEASE OVERSHOT
(Refer to page 126)
(Refer to page 124)
Parted Coiled Tubing Bottomhole Assembly External Fishing Bottomhole Assembly
123
Baker Oil Tools THRU-TUBING FISHING TOOLS
HYDRAULIC RELEASING OVERSHOT

Product Family Nos. H13330 (for Slick OD Fishing)
and H13331 (for Fishing Necks)
The Hydraulic Releasing Overshot is used to catch external JDC type
fishnecks or to catch slick OD profiles. The tool is engineered to with-
stand high tensile, and compressive stresses encountered during jarring
operations. The overshot is engaged by applying slight set-down weight
at the tool. A flow path is provided through the tool for circulation while
running in the hole; this path can also be used to wash debris from the
top of the fish or profile. In the event that retrieval is not possible, in-
creased flow rate through the tool will allow release from the fishneck en-
suring no additional tools are left in the well.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• High strength
• Can be used for jarring operations
• Flow path permits washing debris from the top of the fish or profile
• No shear screws
• Design minimizes stress on the grapple section
SPECIFICATIONS
For Slick OD Fish, Product Family No. H13330
Tool
Length Catch Size
OD
2.13 54.1 19.25 488.0 1.13, 1.25 28.6, 31.8
2.25 57.1 19.25 488.0 1.38 34.9
2.63 66.8 20.94 531.9 1.25, 1.50, 1.75 31.8, 38.1, 44.5
3.00 76.2 24.25 616.0 2.00, 2.13, 2.25 51.8, 54.0, 57.2
3.50 88.9 24.25 616.0 2.25, 2.38, 2.50 57.2, 60.3, 63.5
3.70 94.0 23.62 599.9 2.38 60.3
3.75 95.3 23.62 599.9 2.88 73.0
4.00 101.6 26.88 682.8 2.63, 2.88, 3.00, 3.13 66.7, 73.0, 76.2, 79.4
For Fishing Neck, Product Family No. H13331

Tool
Length
OD Fish Neck Type to Catch
in. mm in. mm
1.44 36.6 16.00 406.4 0.88", 1.00" JDC
1.63 41.4 16.00 406.4 1.19" JDC
1.81 46.0 17.75 450.9 0.88", 1.00", 1.19", 1.38" JDC
2.13 54.1 18.38 466.9 1.38" JDC
2.25 57.1 18.63 476.2 0.75", 1.00", 1.19", 1.38" JDC
2.28 57.9 18.63 473.2 1.75" JDC
2.63 66.8 18.00 457.2 1.19", 1.38", 1.75" JDC
2.70 68.6 26.50 673.1
2.75 69.9 18.60 472.4 2.31" JDC
2.80 71.1 18.60 472.4
3.00 76.2 22.25 565.2
3.38 85.7 22.25 565.2 1.19", 1.38", 1.75", 2.31" JDC
3.50 88.9 22.25 565.2
3.75 95.3 29.00 736.6 2.75" JDC
For Fishing Necks 4.00 101.6 22.00 558.8 2.75", 3.13" JDC
Product Family
No. H13331
For Slick OD Fishing

Product Family
No. H13330
124
HYDRAULIC RELEASING GS™ SPEAR

Product Family Nos. H13310 (for Slick ID Fish)
and H13311 (for Fishing Neck)
The Hydraulic Releasing GS Spear, specifically designed for thru-tubing
fishing operations, is engineered to withstand the high tensile and com-
pressive stresses encountered during jarring operations. These spears
are designed to engage standard GS fish necks or slick ID fish necks.
The non-rotating GS Spear incorporates a clutch matching that of the
FAU™ Hydraulic Disconnect so that torque may be transmitted through
the tool.
A flow path is provided through the tool to allow circulation while running
in the hole. Once the profile is encountered, the flow path can be used to
create a jetting action to wash debris from the profile.
To engage the profile or the slick ID of a fish, minimal set-down weight is
applied which moves the collets into the release position allowing it to en-
ter the fish ID. Once the spear has adequately entered this ID, the collets
or slip will snap into the catch position. To release from the fish or GS pro-
file, increased flow rate will move the collet or slip into the release posi-
tion.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Maximum ID on collets or slips
• High tensile strength
• Pump through capabilities
• No shear screws
• Minimized stress on collets or slips
SPECIFICATIONS
For Slick ID Fish, Product Family No. H13310
Tool
Length Catch Range
OD
1.343 to 1.500 34.1 to 38.1
1.81 46.0 18.40 467.4
1.438 to 1.625 36.5 to 41.3
2.00 50.8 18.40 467.4 1.590 to 1.780 40.4 to 45.2
1.750 to 1.970 44.5 to 50.0

2.25 57.2 20.42 518.7
1.938 to 2.150 49.2 to 54.6
2.110 to 2.280 53.6 to 57.9
2.70 68.6 22.00 558.8
2.210 to 2.490 56.1 to 63.2
3.00 76.2 24.00 609.6 2.460 to 2.810 62.5 to 71.4 For Slick ID Fish For Fishing Neck
2.794 to 3.080 71.0 to 78.2 Product Family Product Family
3.38 85.9 24.13 612.9 No. H13310 No. H13311
2.900 to 3.190 73.7 to 81.0
3.5 88.9 24.13 612.9 3.125 to 3.375 79.4 to 85.7
For Fishing Neck, Product Family No. H13311

Tool
Length
OD Fish Neck Type to Catch
in. mm in. mm
1-7/16 36.5 21.88 555.8 1-1/2" GS
1-11/16 42.9 18.11 460.0 2" GS
1-13/16 46.0 18.11 460.0 2" GS
2-1/8 54.1 20.60 523.2 2-1/2" GS
2-1/4 57.1 20.35 516.9 2-1/2", 2-7/8" GS
2.70 68.9 23.03 585.0 3" GS
3 76.2 23.53 597.7 3", 3-1/2" GS
3-1/8 79.4 25.03 635.8 3" GS
3-1/2 88.9 21.38 543.1 3-1/2", 4" GS
4-1/2 114.3 25.50 647.7 5" GS
5-7/8 149.2 25.50 647.7 7" GS
125
SNIPPER OVERSHOT The Snipper Overshot utilizes hard-

ened grapple segments to catch the
outside of the coiled tubing. These
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION grapples slide over the coiled tubing
when washing over, and bite into the
The Snipper Overshot has been de-
tubing when tension is applied to the
signed to allow cutting and retrieval of
workstring. Once the grapple is en-
a section of coiled tubing that has
gaged with the coiled tubing it can be
been left in a well. The objective being
pushed farther down the tubing to get
to ensure a clean fishneck with a
a “bite” lower on the string providing
smooth patch to allow a chemical cut-
the cut has not been made.
ter to pass through should it be re-
quired. The Snipper Overshot has a FEATURES/BENEFITS
catch and cutting mechanism which • Modular design for multiple sizes of
washes over the top of the coiled tub- coil tubing
ing. Once the recommended amount
• Retrieves coil tubing above cut in
of coiled tubing is swallowed by the
same trip
overshot, the fishing string will cut the
tubing by applying overpull. The • High tensile strength
coiled tubing above the cut will be re- • Bowl and slip design for cutting and
trieved in the same trip. retrieval
SPECIALIZATION GUIDE
Tool Available For CT Size
Length Standard
OD To Be Cut
Connection
in. mm in. mm 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2"
1.88 47.7 26.60 675.6 x 1-1/4" CS Hydril Box
2.25 57.1 24.60 624.8 x x 1-1/2" CS Hydril Box
2.63 66.7 23.63 600.2 x x x 1-1/2" CS Hydril Box
3.13 79.5 23.19 589.0 x x x x x 2-7/8" Hydril A-95 Box
3.38 85.8 23.25 590.6 x x x x x 2-7/8" CS Hydril Box
Snipper Overshot
126
CONTINUOUS to the workstring. Leaf springs at-

tached to each grapple section holds
TUBING OVERSHOT the grapple in the expanded position
Product Family No. H13332 away from the coiled tubing when the
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION Continuous Tubing Overshot is being
moved down over the tubing to pre-
The Continuous Tubing Overshot has vent wear on the grapple teeth. Once
been designed to allow fishing of the grapple is engaged with the coiled
coiled tubing that has been lost in the tubing it can be pushed farther down
hole. The Continuous Tubing Over- the tubing to get a “bite” lower on the
shot has a catch or anchoring mecha- string. The Continuous Tubing Over-
nism which washes over the top of the shot will not release from the coiled
coiled tubing which has been left in tubing to reengage higher on the
the hole. string.
The Continuous Tubing Overshot uti- FEATURES/BENEFITS
lizes hardened grapple segments to
• Wide catch range
catch the outside of the coiled tubing.
These grapples slide over the coiled • May be run on threaded or coiled
tubing when washing over, and bite tubing
into the tubing when tension is applied • Tensile yield equal to top connection
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Length Standard
OD To Be Engaged
Connection
in. mm in. mm 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2"
1.88 47.7 24.75 628.7 x 1-1/4" CS Hydril Box
2.25 57.1 24.75 628.7 x x 1-1/2" CS Hydril Box
2.63 66.7 23.63 600.2 x x x 1-1/2" CS Hydril Box
Continuous Tubing Overshot

127
HIGH PRESSURE the stuck point to free the tubing. The

pressure tight seal between the coiled
PACK-OFF tubing and the workstring also allows
Product Family No. H13333 a hydraulic release device to be oper-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION ated in the bottomhole assembly
which may allow the workstring to be
The High Pressure Pack-Off is de- pulled from the well if the stuck tubing
signed to be used in conjunction with could not be retrieved.
the continuous tubing and snipper
overshot. The High Pressure Pack- FEATURES/BENEFITS
Off is run directly above the overshot • Allows high pressure circulation
and provides a high-pressure seal through a fish
[5,000 psi (344.7 bar)] between the • Packing rings are pressure ener-
coiled tubing being fished and the gized
workstring. This allows efficient circu- • May be manufactured with most
lation capability down through the tubing threads
coiled tubing being fished, which may
provide sufficient solids removal at
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Length Standard
OD To Be Engaged
Connection
in. mm in. mm 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2"
1.88 47.7 16.00 406.4 x 1-1/4" CS Hydril Box
2.25 57.1 15.00 381.0 x x
1-1/2" CS Hydril Box
2.63 66.7 16.38 416.1 x x x
High Pressure Pack-Off

128
THRU-TUBING ROTATIONAL SERVICES Baker Oil Tools
MECHANICAL SCALE REMOVAL BHA TUBING CUTTING BHA

Removing scale is one of the most common thru-tub- The BHA shown combines the robust, self stabilizing
ing applications on coiled tubing. Although various DB Underreamer with a Navi-Drill workover motor
other methods of scale removal have been attempt- and the Baker Oil Tools Hydraulic/Mechanical Tubing
ed, by far the most consistent success rate has been Anchor. The highly reliable anchor is used to elimi-
achieved using mechanical methods. Shown is a typ- nate pipe movement of the coiled tubing such that the
ical Baker Oil Tools scale removal BHA. This BHA knives of the cutting tool are in a fixed position when
uses the industry leading Baker Oil Tools Navi-Drill circulation is started. The DB Underreamer has been
workover motor and the state of the art Turbo Scale successfully used in many cutting applications for
Mill which has proven to be the most effective in all cutting tubing, casing and drillpipe.
options of scale removal.

(Refer to page 115)

(Refer to page 116)
MOTORHEAD ASSEMBLY
(Refer to page 114)

(Refer to page 117)
(Refer to page 147)
HYDRAULIC TUBING ANCHOR

(Refer to page 152)

(Refer to page 122)
NAVI-DRILL MUD MOTOR

(Refer to page 130)

(Refer to page 130)
DB UNDERREAMER
(Refer to page 133)
TURBO SCALE MILL

(Refer to page 131)
Mechanical Scale Removal Bottomhole Assembly Tubing Cutting Bottomhole Assembly
129
Baker Oil Tools THRU-TUBING ROTATIONAL SERVICES
NAVI-DRILL V.I.P.™ strength drive sub also increases the

ability of the motor to withstand the
WORKOVER MOTOR most severe cyclic and bending
Product Family No. H13280 stresses encountered during opera-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION tions.
The Navi-Drill V.I.P. (Versatile In- The operating pressures and flow
creased Performance) Workover Mo- rates required to run the Navi-Drill
tor series incorporate a PDM design V.I.P. are aligned with coiled tubing
with modular capabilities and “fit for and slim pipe to achieve optimum
purpose” power section configura- horsepower. Slower rotational speeds
tions. The Navi-Drill V.I.P. can be con- improve performance of milling and
figured and aligned to suit a wide cutting products, and increase reliabil-
range of thru-tubing applications. ity during workover operations such
as milling, underreaming, cutting,
OPERATION wash over, or any other operation re-
quiring rotation of a down hole assem-
The Navi-Drill V.I.P. is a versatile de-
bly.
sign incorporating separate stator, top
sub and bearing housing to allow FEATURES/BENEFITS
“plug and play” of new modular power • Modular design for customized
sections tailored to suit specific work operations
over applications. The modular de-
• Controlled rotational speeds pro-
sign allows utilization of proprietary
tects cutting matrix
fluid and air power section technology
that addresses most well bore tem- • Increased reliability in high end
perature ranges and compatibility with applications, (i.e., window milling)
well bore fluids. The air power sec- • Proprietary stator technology
tions specifically address single and • May be powered by fluid/air/foam
two-phase flow applications with nitro- • Capable of operating in tempera-
gen. A new design 30% higher tures over 300°F (149°C)
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Differential
Power Standard Length Flow Rate Speed Torque
OD Pressure
Section Connection
in. mm ft m GPM LPM RPM psi bar ft-lbs N/m
M1V 1" MT 155-640400 28 66 90
1.69 43 9.37 2.86 12-50 45-190
M1ADV Box x Box 100-410230 16 59 80
M1V 1-1/2" MT 160-700640 44 140 190
2.13 54 11.38 3.47 17-74 65-280
M1ADV Box x Box 70-300 230 16 120 160
M1V 2-3/8" PAC DSI 95-440 800 55 420 570
2.88 73 11.98 3.65 25-120 100-450
M1ADV Box x Box✸ 40-185 290 20 360 490
M1W1 2-7/8" PAC DSI 130-365800 55 720 975
3.38 86 Box x 2-3/8" 16.78 5.11 80-160 300-600
M1ADM Reg Box 65-125 290 20 710 960
✸ Also available as 2-3/8" Reg Box x Box.
Navi-Drill V.I.P. Workover Motor


METAL MUNCHER The Turbo Scale Mill has been built in

various sizes and configurations.
TURBO SCALE MILL
• Unique mill face design
• Multiple cutting matrices available
The METAL MUNCHER Turbo Scale Mill • Small contact area for low torque con-
is designed for the removal of scale using sumption
low torque output motors. The unique mill
• Non-aggressive to tubing wall through
face design proves to be extremely effec-
stabilization
tive and has been used for the economi-
cal removal of any scale type, including SPECIFICATIONS
barium sulfate and other hard scales.
The design allows for only a small con- Please contact your local Baker Oil Tools
tact area which results in low torque con- Thru-Tubing Fishing Representative for
sumption to reduce stalling of the motor. Turbo Scale Mill sizes and configurations
Stabilizers on the body behind the milling available.
matrix reduce the risk of damaging the
tubing or casing wall.
METAL MUNCHER
Turbo Scale Mill
METAL MUNCHER The step mill has been built in sizes rang-
ing from 1-1/2" (38.1 mm) to 8-1/2"
STEP MILL (215.9 mm) OD. The mill may be manu-
Product Family No. H15113 factured with a pilot for additional stabili-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION zation.
The METAL MUNCHER Step Mill is de- FEATURES/BENEFITS

signed for the removal of nipple profiles • Low torque application
using low torque output motors. The de- • Machine like finish left on milled
sign proves to be extremely effective and

surface
has been used for the economical remov- • Longer mill life
al of any ID restriction, including barium
• Will not damage outer string
sulfate and other scales. The design al-
lows for only a small amount of cutting SPECIFICATIONS
per OD increase in the mill. The step fea-
ture not only keeps torque and cutting Please contact your local Baker Oil Tools
size to a minimum, but also leaves a ma- Thru-Tubing Fishing Representative for
chine like finish on the surface milled. Step Mill sizes and configurations avail-
Wear pads at the largest OD of the mill able.
reduce risk of damage to the tubing or
casing string.
METAL MUNCHER Step Mill

131
METAL MUNCHER which will meet most milling applications,

with special designs manufactured on re-
JUNK MILL quest. Baker Oil Tools maintains a large
Product Family No. H15106 and varied inventory which will accom-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION modate most casing and tubing sizes.
The METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill is de- FEATURES/BENEFITS

signed for the milling of several types of • Increased penetration rates
obstructions and loose debris. The MET- • Increased mill life
AL MUNCHER Junk Mill utilizes the pat- • Smaller cuttings
ented METAL MUNCHER cutting
• SUPERLOY backing
technology for maximum rate of penetra-
tion and extended mill life. The mill de-
sign is ideal for motor operations
because of low weight, high speed oper-
ations. There are a variety of designs
METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill

SUPERLOY/OPTI-CUT since it creates small cuttings and does

not need high set down weight to perform
BLADED JUNK MILL optimally. Baker Oil Tools offers a variety
Product Family No. H15106 of sizes and configurations accommodat-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION ing all common casing and tubing sizes.
The Superloy and Opti-Cut Junk Mills FEATURES/BENEFITS

that are offered by Baker Oil Tools are • Increased mill life
designed for milling of debris where mill- • Smaller cuttings
ing inserts are considered too aggres- • Accommodates motor operations
sive. These mills operate very well in the
• Patented technology
removal of composite bridge plugs such
as QUIK Drill™. Opti-Cut dressed mills
use the patented Opti-Cut star shaped in-
sert that is ideal for use on mud motors
SUPERLOY/Opti-Cut
Bladed Junk Mill
132
DB™ UNDERREAMER specific hole conditions and operations

as well as fishing string configurations.
The tool is available in three different
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION versions. The standard DB Under-
The Model DB Underreamer was de- reamer with one internal adjustable or-
signed to underream (cased or open- ifice. The DB Underreamer with
hole, with or without pilot hole), adjustable orifices for the flow ports
descale and cut pipe and tubing. The that spray over the knives and a DB
tool incorporates three arms which Underreamer with a “bit box” which
help centralize while in operation and gives the ability to attach a mill for de-
are forced out by weight on bit as well sired milling matrix.
as pressure. The tool may also be
used for backreaming where pressure
FEATURES/BENEFITS
from flow through the tool forces and • Maximum flow after tool is opened
holds the knives out. • Blades designed with METAL
MUNCHER matrix
Cuts are made with pressure only. The
• Sturdy construction for downhole reli-
tool incorporates removable nozzles
ability
allowing the operator to adjust flow rate
• Positive indication when blades
and back pressure through the tool.
reach full gauge
This allows the tool to be fine tuned to
• Adjustable nozzles for all flow ports
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Standard DB Underreamer
Tool Max
Standard
OD Open Gauge
Connection
in. mm in. mm
1-1/4" API Reg
2.13 54.1 6.23 158.2
1-1/2" AMMT
1-1/4" API Reg
2.25 57.2 6.23 158.2
1-1/2" AMMT
2.63 66.8 8.12 206.2 1-1/2" AMMT
3.00 76.2 8.60 218.4 2-3/8" PAC DSI
2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.63 92.2 9.99 253.7
2-3/8" API Reg
5.13 130.3 12.00 304.8 3-1/2" API Reg

DB Underreamer with Adjustable Nozzles
Tool Max
Standard
OD Open Gauge
Connection
in. mm in. mm
2.63 66.8 8.12 206.2 1-1/2" AMMT
3.00 76.2 8.60 218.4 2-3/8" PAC DSI
2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.63 92.2 9.99 253.7
2-3/8" API Reg
DB Underreamer with Bit Box

Tool Max
Standard
OD Open Gauge
Connection
in. mm in. mm
2.63 66.8 8.12 206.2 1-1/2" AMMT
3.00 76.2 8.60 218.4 2-3/8" PAC DSI
2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.63 92.2 9.99 253.7
2-3/8" API Reg
DB Underreamer
133
HYDRAULIC enhance the performance of the tool steel

cutter knives.
TUBING CUTTER
• Knives are extended by hydraulic pressure
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION and do not require mechanical slips
The Hydraulic Tubing Cutters are pressure- • A three-knife design stabilizes the cutter
activated, internal cutters designed to cut and reduces the risk of missed cuts
small diameter pipe and tubing. The tool pro- • Provides safe alternative to explosive or
vides a safe alternative to chemical and ex- chemical cutters
plosive cutters. The cutters are • Recommended for high-angle holes where
recommended in high-angle holes where friction and drag may restrict mechanical
friction and drag may restrict mechanical or and wireline type cutters
wireline cutter operations. • Bottom subs with ID and check valve are
The Hydraulic Tubing Cutter is made up to a available
coiled tubing string with a tubing anchor to • Can be deployed on threaded or coiled
tubing workstring
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tubing Max
Length Standard
OD Range Knife Swing
Connection
1.81 46.0 2-3/8 60.3 2-1/2 63.5 22 558.8 1" MT
1.88 47.6 2-3/8 60.3 3-5/8 92.1 32 812.8 1" MT
2.13 54.1 2-7/8 - 3-1/2 73.0 - 88.9 4-3/8 111.1 29 736.6 1-1/2" MT
Hydraulic Tubing Cutter
2.50 63.5 3-1/2 88.9 4-7/8 123.8 33 838.2 1-1/2" MT
THRU-TUBING FISHING and should be limited to small size coiled

tubing applications.
2-BLADE UNDERREAMER
METAL MUNCHER technology can be used
Product Family No. H13252 for maximum cutting efficiency.
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION The blades of the underreamer are actuated
The Thru-Tubing Fishing 2-Bladed Under- by flow. A pressure drop through the tool will
reamer has been designed to run through activate the piston that pushes out the
small diameter production tubing and under- knives. The blades will not be pulled in when
ream in casing as large as 7" (177.8 mm) flow through the tool has stopped but will be
below the tubing. The underreamer allows moved in to the retracted position when the
removal of sand, cement or other hardened tool is pulled back into the production tubing.
debris without having to pull the production
FEATURES/BENEFITS
tubing. The 2-blade design allows smaller
tool OD's when compared to the 3-blade • Small OD
models while still maintaining adequate ex- • Large expanded gauge
pansion capability for most applications. The • Simple design
2-Blade Underreamer is used in conjunction • METAL MUNCHER blades
with a mud motor and has been designed for
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Max
Length Standard
OD Casing Gauge
Connection
1.69 42.9 13.31 338.1 7 177.8 1" AMMT Pin
Thru-Tubing Fishing
2-Blade Underreamer
1.81 46.0 13.31 338.1 7 177.8 1" AMMT Pin
134
HYDRAULIC rotates the tools below the indexing tool in 30

degree increments. The indexing tool can
INDEXING TOOL also be used with bent subs and centralizers
Product Family No. H13260 to help locate fish that are on the high side of
the wellbore. In most application when run-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION ning hydraulic retrieving tools below the in-
The Thru-Tubing Fishing Hydraulic Indexing dexing tool, the indexing tool is actuated
Tool offers the ability to orient a fishing tool using back pressure created by pumping
string in the casing during thru-tubing fishing through the hydraulic retrieving tools.
operations.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The Hydraulic Indexing Tool is designed so • Hydraulically actuated
that all the shifting parts are internal. Thus,
• Large ID
the tool length remains the same while in-
• All shifting parts are internal
dexing the tool. Once washing over or fish-
ing begins, flow through the indexing tool
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID
Connection
1.69 42.9 0.63 16.0 44.13 1120.9
1" MT Box x Pin
1.69✸ 42.9 0.63 16.0 51.65 1311.9
2.88 73.1 1.00 25.4 52.50 1333.5 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
✸ Tool is equipped with pressure booster piston for lower pressure activation.
Hydraulic Indexing Tool
SET DOWN INDEXING TOOL tional set-down weight applied actuates the
Set Down Indexing Tool. The tool does not
Product Family No. H13259 allow the tool string to rotate while resetting.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The Thru-Tubing Fishing Set Down Indexing • Indexes 120° when applying set-down
tool offers the ability to orient a fishing tool weight
string in the casing during thru-tubing fishing • No hydraulic activation needed
operations by applying set-down weight. • Safe to use with hydraulic activated fishing
The Set Down Indexing Tool is designed tools

such that it will provide 120° of rotation every • Can be used with conventional fishing
time it is activated. Once resistance is met, tools that require rotation to be released
such as shouldering on the top of a liner or • Tool will reset when weight is released
the top of a fish going in the hole, any addi-
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID
Connection
3.38 85.8 1.00 25.4 37.90 962.7 2-3/8" API Reg Box x Pin
Set Down Indexing Tool

135
YANKEE SCREWDRIVER The tool does not allow the tool string
to rotate while resetting. Set-down
weight may be applied at any time
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION during the resetting process.
The Thru-Tubing Yankee Screwdriver Note: To obtain the maximum amount
Tool offers the ability to rotate a fish- of rotation the tool must be fully reset.
ing tool string below the Yankee The tool may be actuated as many
Screwdriver by applying set-down times as required to complete the
weight. fishing operation.
Once resistance is met, such as FEATURES/BENEFITS

shouldering on the top of a liner or the • Gives rotation when applying set-
top of a fish going in the hole, any ad- down weight
ditional set-down weight applied actu- • No hydraulic activation needed
ates the Yankee Screwdriver Tool.
• Safe to use with hydraulic activated
The additional set-down weight gen-
fishing tools
erates rotational movement of the tool
• Can be used with conventional fish-
string below the Yankee Screwdriver
ing tools that require rotation to be
Tool. Currently the tool has a capabil-
released
ity of three complete rotations with
each full stroke of the tool. • Tool is reset when weight is
released
Once set-down weight is released the
spring inside the tool resets the tool.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID
Connection
2.13 54.1 .5 12.7 129 3276.6 1-1/2" MT Box x Pin
Yankee Screwdriver
136
THRU-TUBING FISHING IMPACT SERVICES Baker Oil Tools
BI-DIRECTIONAL IMPACT DRILLING BHA

VIBRATORY FISHING BHA Baker Oil Tools' Single Directional Impact Drill is used to
drill hard packed sand and cement, remove scale and drive
When fishing on coiled tubing for devices stuck in hole hy-
debris downhole. The industry leading impact drill can func-
draulic jars are typically used as means of providing impact
tion as a standard impact hammer or, by applying a modu-
force to free the device. With hydraulic jars on coiled tubing
lar rotational feature, as a rotating impact drill. It has been
the pipe has to be cycled over the gooseneck multiple times
specifically designed for use on coiled tubing but can be
to fire and reset the jar. The fishing BHA shown uses the Bi-
used on threaded pipe in conjunction with an accelerator.
Directional HIPP-TRIPPER Vibratory Jar to deliver both up-
Fluid, gas or foam power the tool which can operate in tem-
ward and downward impact up to 1,000 times per minute.
peratures over 600°F (315°C). The BHA shown incorpo-
Because the tool resets and activates itself with the aid of
rates an impact drill in combination with a Cut Button Bit for
overpull or set-down weight and the aid of pumped fluid, cy-
removal of scale or hard formation drilling.
cling of the coiled tubing is eliminated increasing coiled tub-
ing life.

(Refer to page 115)

(Refer to page 116)
MOTORHEAD ASSEMBLY
(Refer to page 114)

(Refer to page 117)
(Refer to page 147)
HIPP-TRIPPER ACCELERATOR

(Refer to page 140)
BI-DI HIPP-TRIPPER VIBRATORY JAR

(Refer to page 139)
WEIGHT BAR
SI-DI HIPP-TRIPPER IMPACT DRILL

(Refer to page 138)
HYDRAULIC RELEASING SPEAR

(Refer to page 125)
CUT BUTTON BIT
(Refer to page 141)
Bi-Directional Vibratory Fishing Bottomhole Assembly Impact Drilling Bottomhole Assembly
137
Baker Oil Tools THRU-TUBING FISHING IMPACT SERVICES
HIPP-TRIPPER® applications for the Si-Di Impact Drill are

scale milling, cement milling, resin sand re-
SI-DI IMPACT DRILL moval, gravel removal, breaking KOIV discs,
Product Family No. H13400 chasing junk downhole and shifting sleeves
(with the rotation feature removed). Although
the drill may be run with or without an intensi-
The Single-Directional (Si-Di) HIPP-TRIP- fier, it is always recommended that an inten-
PER is a rotating impact drill that can be pow- sifier be run where surface testing of the tool
ered by most types of fluids including foam is required, working at depths above 600 ft
and nitrogen. The drill components are not af- (182.55 m) or working with 1-3/4" OD coiled
fected by xylene, oil or diesel. The tool can tubing or larger. The intensifier may be simply
also be run in acid or high H2S environments described as two telescoping tubes, biased
using the extreme service tool which utilizes downward by means of a spring.
higher grade materials. This tool is available
in various sizes to suit a range of comple- FEATURES/BENEFITS
tions. • Operates on most fluid mediums including
nitrogen
The Si-Di Impact Drill is powered by fluid
• Temperature rated up to 600°F (315°C)
pumped through the coiled tubing workstring
to produce a reciprocating action as well as • Extreme service tools are available
rotation. The frequency of the stroke of the • Does not operate until resistance is met
tool is dependent on the amount of weight ap- • Provides rotation as well as impact energy
plied to the tool and the volume of fluid being • Various bits available to use with tool
pumped through the tool. The drill will not be- • Tool is self tightening
gin operating until the bit has met resistance. • High pressure pulse at bits with each blow
This permits circulation while tripping in and • Allows circulation at all times
out of the well without damage to the tool or • Can be run with or without rotation
tubing wall. It is always recommended to run • Not recommended for metal milling
the specially designed HIPP-TRIPPER bits
with this tool (Refer to page 141). Common
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Operating Pump
Frequency Length Max Pull✹ Set-Down Weight
OD Pressure Rate
in. mm psi bar gpm lpm Hz in. mm lbs kg lbs kg
26,000 11,793
1.375 34.9 500 to 2,000 34 to 138 11 to 30 42 to 114 30.75 781 18,000 8,165 400 to 1,000 181 to 454
26,000 11,793
40,000 18,144
27,000 12,247
1.688 42.9 600 to 2,000 41 to 138 11 to 70 42 to 265 36.40 925 800 to 1,500 363 to 680
40,000 18,144
3 to 17
27,000 12,247
53,000 24,040
2.125 54.0 400 to 2,100 28 to 145 11 to 70 42 to 265 43.63 1108 800 to 2,400 363 to 1,088
32,000 14,515
55,000 24,948
2.875 73.0 500 to 1,800 34 to 124 21 to 84 80 to 318 54.00 1372 800 to 2,800 363 to 1,270
32,000 14,515
4.750 120.6 250 to 2,500 17 to 172 11 to 120 42 to 454 47.00 1194 290,000 131,542 500 to 3,100 227 to 1,406
✹Based on 80% of calculated tensile value.
Single Directional Impact Drill With Rotational Sub

In Addition to the above table, the torque values
and RPM values are added when applying a rotational sub.
Tool OD Torque RPM Standard
in. mm ft-lbs N/m 1.375 Connection
3/4" CS Hydril Box x
1.375 34.9 40 to 150 54 to 203
7/8" Sonoma Stub Acme Box
1" AMMT Box x
1.688 42.9 100 to 250 136 to 339
1-1/8" UNF Pin
7 to 30 1-1/2" AMMT Box x
2.125 54.0 120 to 360 163 to 488
1-3/4" UNC Pin
HIPP-TRIPPER
Si-Di Impact Drill 2.875 73.0 160 to 480 217 to 651 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
Product Family 2-7/8" API Reg Pin x
4.750 120.6 50 to 750 68 to 1,017
No. H13400 2-1/2" Sonoma Acme Pin
138
HIPP-TRIPPER BI-DI the tool becomes a vibratory extractor, a

highly effective method of extracting sand-
VIBRATORY FISHING JAR compacted fish for example. Downward blow
Product Family No. H13405 forces are amplified and accelerated by
stored internal energy. Drilling also occurs in
the downward mode, but is optional. Com-
The Bi-Directional (Bi-Di) HIPP-TRIPPER is mon applications for the Bi-Di Vibratory Fish-
capable of delivering both upward and down- ing Jar are shifting sliding sleeves, jarring,
ward impact. This tool can be used as a drill swaging open collapsed tubing, resonance,
(with the addition of a rotation assembly), a breaking KOIV discs and setting/retrieving
fishing jar or a combination of both. The Bi-Di wireline tools in deviated wells. Although the
can be powered by most types of fluids in- Bi-Di Vibratory Fishing Jar may be run with or
cluding foam and nitrogen. The components without an intensifier, it is recommended al-
are not affected by xylene, oil or diesel. The ways that an intensifier be run where surface
Bi-Di is available in different sizes to suit dif- testing of the tool is required, working at
ferent completions. depths above 600 ft (182.55 m) or working
The Bi-Di tools are powered by fluid pumped with 1-3/4" OD (44.45 mm) coiled tubing or
through the coiled tubing workstring and is larger. The intensifier may be simply de-
designed to deliver downward blows when scribed as two telescoping tubes, biased
put into compression and upward blows when downward by means of a spring.
put into tension. Only enough tension to cock FEATURES/BENEFITS
the tool is required, usually about 1,500 -
• Operates on most fluid mediums including
2,000 lbs (680.38 - 907.18 kg) above pipe
nitrogen
weight in the up mode. It is not necessary to
cycle the tubing, as the Bi-Di cocks and fires • Temperature rated up to 600°F (315°C)
itself with the aid of pumped fluid. The tool • Can provide rotation as well as impact
does not contain any mechanical latches and energy
utilizes only three moving parts. Blow counts • Resonance and vibratory applications
will vary in either configuration depending on • Allows circulation at all times if fitted with a
fluid volume. At high volume, in the up-mode, velocity switch
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Operating Pump
Frequency Length Max Pull ✹ Min Pull Standard
OD Pressure Rate
Connection
in. mm psi bar gpm lpm Hz in. mm lbs kg lbs kg
800 to 55 to 11 to 42 to 47,800 21.700 1" AMMT
1.750 44.45 91.0 2311 1,600 725
2,500 172 70 265 Up Mode: 28,200 12.800 Box x Pin

2 to 29 71,000 32.200 1-1/2" AMMT Box
700 to 48 to 11 to 42 to
2.125 53.98 119.5 3035 3,000 1,360 x 1-3/4" Sonoma
1,800 124 70 265 51,000 23.150
Down Mode: Acme Pin
350 to 24 to 21 to 80 to 3 to 17 76,000 34.500 2-3/8"
2.875 73.03 88.6 2250 2,000 900
1,600 110 84 318 61,000 27.700 PAC DSI
✹Based on 80% of calculated tensile value.
HIPP-TRIPPER
Bi-Di Vibratory
Fishing Jar
Product Family
No. H13405
139
Baker Oil Tools THRU-TUBING FISHING IMPACT SERVICES
HIPP-TRIPPER with heavy wall coiled tubing or threaded pipe.
ACCELERATORS The single directional impact drill and the Bi-Di-

rectional Vibratory Jar will continue to run with
Product Family No. H13420 the accelerator in the “bottomed-out” position if
the depth of operation provides the required
flexibility in the coiled tubing. When this condi-
The HIPP-TRIPPER Accelerator is used in tion occurs, the operator should notice a de-
conjunction with the Single Directional Impact crease in the frequency of blows.
Drill or Bi-Directional Vibratory Jar in applica-
tions where the pipe that the tool is deployed on FEATURES/BENEFITS
is too stiff for the tool to operate. The accelera- • Variable spring rate
tor also amplifies the impact blows. The accel- • Impact drill and vibratory jar will continue to
erator consists of two telescoping tubes, run with accelerator “bottomed-out”
biased downward by means of a coil spring. • Allows the tool to operate on surface and at
The single directional drill and bi-directional jar shallow depths
may be used with or without the accelerator. • Simple operation and construction
It is recommended that a mechanical accelera- • Designed to be used with HIPP-TRIPPER
tor always be utilized when operating above products
depths of 600 ft (182.55 m) or when working
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Stroke Working Load✹ Length
Standard Connection
in. mm in. mm lbs kg in. mm
1.688 42.88 5 127.0 1,600 726 60.75 1543.0 1" AMMT Box x 1-1/8" UNF Pin
2.125 53.98 7 178.0 2,400 1089 56.95 1447.0 1-1/2" AMMT Box x Pin
2.875 73.03 7.5 191.0 2,500 1134 64.25 1632.0 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
HIPP-TRIPPER Accelerators 4.750 120.65 10 254.0 3,000 1361 72.63 1845.0 2-7/8" API Reg Box x Pin
Product Family No. H13420 ✹ Maximum applied set-down weight when run in conjunction with a single directional impact drill.
BLOCK AND BLAST TOOL the Block and Blast Tool to block off the Single
Direction HIPP-TRIPPER and use all the ener-
Product Family No. H13425 gy to side blast the tubing, casing, or perfora-
tions.
The blasting should begin from the bottom of
The Block and Blast Tool provides drilling with
the well, slowly pulling up the hole so no solids
impact and the ability to jet-wash tubing in one
fall below the bit.
operation. Until now drilling and acid washing
required separate trips. FEATURES/BENEFITS
The tool has been designed to be used in con- • Used with HIPP-TRIPPER Single Direction
junction with a Single Direction HIPP-TRIP- Impact Drill
PER. The Block and Blast Tool should be run • Steel ball operated
directly above the Single Direction HIPP-TRIP- • Able to acid wash
PER. Once the HIPP-TRIPPER BHA is run to • Made out of 925 Incoloy material
the desired depth, drop the specified ball to • Capable of handling hostile fluids
shift the sleeve to open position. This allows
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool Overall
Standard Connection
OD ID Length
in. mm in. mm in. mm Top Bottom
3/8 9.5
1.69 42.9 18-1/4 463.5 1.5" AMMT Box 1.250" Sonoma Acme Pin
7/16 11.1
Block and Blast Tool

140
HIPP-TRIPPER BITS, SCRATCHES, • Blind Box, used to dive debris downhole (i.e., wireline
tools, gun debris), is some cases used with an extension to
SWAGES AND DISK BREAKERS place reciprocating members of the hammer drill above the
Product Family No. H13430 debris. This device has also unlocked wireline set mandrels
and has fired tubing conveyed perforating guns.
• Ceramic Disk Breaker is a pointed blind box used to frac-
A selection of bits, designed to suit various applications, ture ceramic or glass isolation disks in well completions.
exclusively to be used with HIPP-TRIPPER impact drills.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Cut Button Bit is the optimum impact bit to use on ce-
ment rock or hard scales. It is also effective on removing • Variety of bits handle most clean out operations
sand and other types of fill. The Cut Button Bit has been • Available for standard and hostile environments
successful in removing tubing scale found in geothermal • Impact grade carbide to handle shock loads
wells. • Special connections to match Si-Di and Bi-Di lower
connection
• Six Point Carbide Bit works well on resin sands, hard • Can be redressed for multiple runs
packed sands and fill.
• Available in a range of sizes
• Skirted Carbide Bit is recommended to remove thin wall
scales. Used as a follow-up bit to the Cut Button Bit. SPECIFICATIONS
• Geothermal Bit is designed with large air passages to Please contact your local Baker Oil Tools Thru-Tubing
allow scale removal while the well is flowing. Fishing representative for different bit designs and sizes.
Cut Button Bit Skirted Carbide Bit Ceramic Disk Breaker
Six-Point Carbide Bit Geothermal Bit Tubing Swage
141
Baker Oil Tools
NOTES
142
THRU-TUBING DEBRIS CATCHERS Baker Oil Tools
MILLING BHA WITH ROTARY VENTURI CLEANOUT BHA

METAL CHIP CATCHER The BHA shown combines a Venturi Jet Junk Basket
with a dressed shoe run in conjunction with a Navi-Drill
An increasingly common problem in coiled tubing appli-
mud motor. Typically a Venturi Jet Junk Basket is run
cations is the removal of metal cuttings when milling nip-
stand alone but can be run with a motor when there is a
ples, packers or even windows. The annular velocities
requirement to break up compacted debris that is too
are typically too low to carry out the cuttings. The stan-
heavy to circulate to surface. The jet basket uses the
dard milling BHA that is shown uses an ingenious mag-
venturi principle to create a pressure drop inside the
netic Metal Chip Catcher. The Chip Catcher houses
tool. Extension barrels can be inserted in the tool to in-
magnets that attract metal chips from the pumped fluid
crease the solids carrying capacity of the tool.
and allows these metal chips to be removed from the
well. The tool is usually run in combination with a mud
motor.

(Refer to page 115)

(Refer to page 116)
MOTORHEAD ASSEMBLY
(Refer to page 114)

(Refer to page 117)
THRU-TUBING FISHING CHIP CATCHER

(Refer to page 144)

(Refer to page 122)
(Refer to page 130)

(Refer to page 130)
VENTURI JET BASKET

(Refer to page 144)
METAL MUNCHER JUNK MILL

(Refer to page 132)
Milling Bottomhole Assembly with Metal Chip Catcher Rotary Venturi Cleanout Bottomhole Assembly
143
Baker Oil Tools THRU-TUBING DEBRIS CATCHERS
VENTURI JET JUNK BASKET tool’s internal filter. The strained fluid then
passes out at the top with the pumped fluid.
Product Family No. H13051 The fill is then trapped between the filter
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION above and the finger cages below. Extensions
increase the amount of fill dirt that can be
The Venturi Jet Junk Basket is used to re- brought to surface on each trip. Venturi Jet
move various types of high-density debris and Junk Baskets can be fitted with a dressed
formation particles within small diameter shoe and can be run below mud motors to
cased and open wellbores that are too heavy “break up” and retrieve debris which may be
to be circulated to surface. Flow in the top of compacted.
the tool passes to the outside via adjustable
jets. The jets cause a pressure drop on the in- FEATURES/BENEFITS
side of the Venturi Basket, which acts as suc- • Fully closed finger or flutter catchers
tion at the bottom inlet of the tool. Fill is stirred • Can be run with any type of dressed shoe
up by the flow coming down the outside of the • Have adjustable reservoir through exten-
tool. With the suction at the bottom inlet, the sions
fill is then carried through finger cages into the
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Min Max
Standard
OD Flow Rate Flow Rate
Connection
in. mm GPM LPM GPM LPM
1.69 42.8 AW Rod Pin 85 319
2.06 50.8 AW Rod Pin 85 319
12.5 46.8
2.63 66.6 1-1/4" Reg Pin 120 450
3.13 79.3 2-3/8" Reg Pin 135 506
Venturi Jet Junk Basket
THRU-TUBING Catcher is run directly above the motor. The

magnets are of the donut style and are cov-
FISHING CHIP CATCHER ered by a housing for easy cutting removal. A
Product Family No. H13102 centralizer is incorporated in the tool to main-
tain a standoff from the casing such that cut-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION tings will remain on the tool while pulling out of
The Thru-Tubing Chip Catcher is run above the hole.
the motor on a milling job to help remove the
FEATURES/BENEFITS
cuttings from the well.
• Catches cuttings downhole
The tool houses magnets that attract metal • Helps keep metal cuttings out of mud sys-
chips from the wellbore fluid and allows these tem
metal chips to be removed from the well. The • Magnets are enclosed in housing for easy
tool is extremely useful when used on coiled cutting removal
tubing where annular velocities are below the
• Special centralizer feature to maintain
velocity needed to carry cuttings out of the
standoff from casing
well. In mud motor applications the Chip
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID
Connection
3.50✸ 88.9 0.63 16.0 143.63 3648.2 2-7/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
✸ Centralizer OD is 4.50".
Thru-Tubing Fishing
Chip Catcher
144
THRU-TUBING ACCESSORY TOOLS Baker Oil Tools
LATERAL WASH BHA SHIFTING BHA

Baker Oil Tools offers an extensive amount of tools The Baker Oil Tools Shifting BHA is utilized in wells
that can be used as accessory tools for standard mill- that are completed for selective production. The
ing and fishing assemblies. The BHA shown incorpo- HB-3™ Shifting Tool is a highly efficient and operator
rates three of these highly useful tools. The indexing friendly tool that will automatically disconnect when
tool enables a BHA to rotate in 30° increments with the sleeve is fully shifted. It has been designed to shift
high torque. The Hydraulic Bent Sub is designed to Baker Oil Tools Type HL™ or CM™ Series Sliding
provide a means of hydraulically “kicking over” a tool- Sleeves. The energy to shift the sleeve is provided by
string for entry into laterals or for fishing applications. the Bi-Directional HIPP-TRIPPER Vibratory Jar. With
The high flow Spinning Wash Tool is used to efficient- this BHA the sleeve can be opened and closed in one
ly wash sand and debris. run, also the formation can be treated without pulling
out of hole.

(Refer to page 115)
MOTORHEAD ASSEMBLY
(Refer to page 114)

(Refer to page 116)

(Refer to page 117)
(Refer to page 147)
BI-DI HIPP-TRIPPER VIBRATORY JAR

(Refer to page 139)

INDEXING TOOL
(Refer to page 135)
(Refer to page 147)
HB-3 SHIFTING TOOL

HYDRAULIC BENT SUB (Refer to page 150)
(Refer to page 153)
(Refer to page 147)
HB-3 SHIFTING TOOL

(Refer to page 150)
SPINNING WASH TOOL

(Refer to page 152)
WASH NOZZLE
Lateral Wash Bottomhole Assembly Shifting Bottomhole Assembly
145
Baker Oil Tools THRU-TUBING ACCESSORY TOOLS
HYDRAULIC sizes, a boost piston has been added

to reduce the pressure to activate.
CENTRALIZER AND The boost piston doubles the piston
HYDRAULIC DRILLING area of the tool.
CENTRALIZER The Hydraulic Drilling Centralizer can
Product Family Nos. H13220 also be used in milling and under-
and H13221 reaming operations to stabilize the
bottomhole assembly.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
The Thru-Tubing Hydraulic Actuated
Centralizer offers the ability to central- • Centralizes tool strings in highly
ize a fishing tool string in the casing deviated wells
during thru-tubing fishing operations. • Large flow throughout tool is possi-
The centralizer is run in the hole with ble without activating centralizing
the bow springs in a retracted posi- springs by changing choke size
tion, thus allowing easy passage • Large expansion rating with small
through the production tubing. Once run-in diameter
fishing operations begin, flow through • Collapsible spring allows normal run
the centralizer extends the springs to in hole
contact the casing wall and centralize • Adjustable sleeve allows running in
the fishing string in the hole. On the different casing sizes without
1.69" (42.9 mm) and 1.81" (46.0 mm) changing springs
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Standard Centralizer
Tool Tool
Length Casing Standard
OD ID✸
Range Connection
1.69 42.9 0.47 11.9 47.00 1193.8 4-1/2" - 7-5/8" 1.00" AMMT Box x Pin
1.81 46.0 0.47 11.9 47.25 1200.2 2-3/8" - 7" 1.00" AMMT Box x Pin
1-1/4" API Reg Box x Pin
2.13 54.1 0.63 16.0 45.00 1143.0 4-1/2" - 9-5/8"
1-1/2" AMMT Box x Pin
2.88 73.0 0.63.0 16.0 45.00 1143.0 4-1/2" - 9-5/8" 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
3.13 79.4 1.00 25.4 43.63 1108.2 7" - 7-5/8" 2-3/8" API Reg Box x Pin
✸ ID specified is tool ID without orifice installed.
Drilling Centralizer
Tool Tool
Length Casing Standard
OD ID ✸
Range Connection
1.69 42.9 0.47 11.9 47.00 1193.8 4-1/2" - 7-5/8" 1.00" AMMT Box x Pin
2.13 54.1 0.63 16.0 63.63 1616.2 4-1/2" - 9-5/8" 1-1/2" AMMT Box x Pin
2.88 73.0 0.63 16.0 45.00 1143.0 4-1/2" - 9-5/8" 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 43.44 1103.4 4-1/2" - 10-3/4" 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
✸ ID specified is tool ID without orifice installed
Standard Centralizer
146
SLEEVE TYPE NON- the fishing assembly. Two stabilizers are rec-
ommended to improve centralization. Sleeve
ROTATING STABILIZER rotation begins as string rotation caused the
Product Family No. H17130 sleeve’s mild steel blades to meet the resis-
tance of the casing walls.
The Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer pro-
FEATURES/BENEFITS
vides maximum centralization during milling, • Provides maximum control for cutting and
cutting, and fishing operations. The stabilizer milling operations
consists of a mandrel, top sub, and sleeve. • Non-rotating sleeve reduces vibration
The stabilizer blades are manufactured from • Reduces shock load on cutter knives for
mild steel to reduce the risk of damage to nip- longer cutting life
ple profiles. The stabilizer is usually run direct- • Sleeves made from mild steel to minimize
ly above the mud or air motor or directly below wear on tubing or casing
the disconnect in a fishing string. • Easily field dressed to accommodate differ-
ent tubing ID’s
The Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer is
normally run in the string immediately above • Available in all standard thru-tubing connec-
tions and sizes
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Body Minimum
OD Tubular ID Standard
Connection
in. mm in. mm
2.13 54.1 2.31 58.7 1-1/2" AMMT Box x Pin
2.88 73.0 3.25 82.6 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
3.13 79.4 4.00 101.6 2-3/8" API Reg Box x Pin
3.75 95.3 4.89 124.2 2-7/8" API Reg Box x Pin Sleeve Type
4.25 108.0 5.68 144.2 3-1/2" API Reg Box x Pin Non-Rotating Stabilizer
4.75 120.7 6.00 152.4 3-1/2" API IF Box x Pin Product Family No. H17130
MECHANICAL BOW mandrel allowing the bow springs to collapse

and extrude. The bow springs will collapse to
SPRING CENTRALIZER the OD of the tool allowing it to pass restric-
Product Family No. H13224 tions in the completion. The amount of extru-
sion of the bow springs is limited by upsets on
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION the mandrel.
The Thru-Tubing Fishing Mechanical Bow The Mechanical Bow Spring Centralizer
Spring Centralizer offers the ability to central- should be run below the disconnect (where
ize a fishing tool string in the casing during possible) in all thru-tubing fishing and milling
thru-tubing fishing operations. The Mechani- applications.

cal Bow Spring Centralizer can also be used
in underreaming applications to stabilize the FEATURES/BENEFITS
BHA from excessive side loading incurred • Up to 8" (203.2 mm) maximum expansion
with coil tubing applications. • No actuation required
The Mechanical Bow Spring Centralizer utiliz- • Available in most thru-tubing connections
es 5 drag or bow springs which travel on a and sizes
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool Expanded
Length Standard
OD ID OD
Connection
43.00 1092.2
1.69 42.9 .47 11.9 6.500 165.1 1" MT Box x Pin
44.25 1124.0
1.81 46.0 .47 11.9 45.50 1155.7 6.637 168.6 1" MT Box x Pin
2.13 54.1 .81 20.6 45.00 1143.0 6.930 176.0 1-1/2" MT Box x Pin
2.88 73.0 .99 25.1 50.75 1289.0 7.719 196.1 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
Mechanical Bow
Spring Centralizer
147
SINGLE KNUCKLE JOINT

AND DOUBLE KNUCKLE JOINT
The Thru-Tubing Knuckle Joints are used in fishing
operations in deviated wellbores, or in any situation
requiring centralization of the catch tool in the cas-
ing.
The knuckle joints are used in conjunction with a
thru-tubing hydraulic or mechanical centralizer in or-
der to allow centralization of the catch tool without
having to overcome the weight of the workstring
against the bottom side of the casing. The hydraulic
or mechanical centralizer, therefore, only has to
support the weight of itself and the catch tool run be-
low. The knuckle joints design allows fluid flow
through the tool, so it can be utilized in washover op-
erations. The knuckle joints may be used in either
tubing or wireline fishing applications. The standard
knuckle joints are not sealed, but the tolerances are
such that at a sufficient flow rate, the knuckle joint
seals between the ball sub and the ball retainer to
activate any hydraulic actuated tools below the
knuckle joint. A sealed knuckled joint has been
designed for low flow rate applications.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Less force required to centralize BHA
Single Knuckle Joint Double Knuckle Joint
• Pump through capabilities
• Torque through capabilities
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Single Knuckle Joint
Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID Type
Connection
12.25 311.2 Standard
1.69 42.9 0.56 14.2
11.25 285.8 Sealed / Torque Through
1" MT Box x Pin
1.75 44.5 0.56 14.2
12.50 317.5 Sealed
2.13 54.1 0.81 20.6 1-1/2" MT Box x Pin
12.00 304.8 Sealed / Torque Through
2.88 73.0 1.00 25.4 15.88 403.4 Sealed / Torque Through 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
3.13 79.4 1.00 25.4 17.75 450.9 Standard 2-3/8" API Reg Box x Pin
6.00 152.4 2.00 50.8 38.00 965.2 Standard 4-1/2" NC46 Box x Pin
Double Knuckle Joint

Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID Type
Connection
1.69 42.9 0.56 14.2 20.50 520.7 Sealed / Torque Through 1" MT Box x Pin
2.13 54.1 0.81 20.6 22.25 565.2 Sealed / Torque Through 1-1/2" MT Box x Pin
3.13 79.4 1.00 25.4 28.00 711.2 Standard 2-3/8" API Reg Box x Pin
148
NIPPLE PROFILE enough to allow the locator to pass

through the nipple. The contour of the
LOCATOR spring allows the tool to move through
Product Family No. H13225 restrictions easily but with sufficient
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION force to be detected at surface when
passing through a restriction. To over-
The Thru-Tubing Nipple Profile Loca- come the effects of hole drag in devi-
tor is a simple means of locating a ated wells, the adjustment sleeve
known position downhole, allowing for allows the tension on the spring to be
more accurate positioning of the tool changed so there will be greater or
string. This is especially important less drag required to pass through the
with a coiled tubing workstring due to restriction.
the variation in tubing elongation.
The Nipple Profile Locator cannot be
The Nipple Profile Locator consists of used as a tubing end locator.
three leaf springs retained in a hous-
ing. An upset in the middle of the FEATURES/BENEFITS
springs is an expanded diameter • Simple design
greater than the maximum ID of the • Adjustable drag force
nipple profile it is intended to locate; • Will locate in most nipples
however, the spring can collapse
• Mechanically operated
Nipple Profile Locator

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool Fit for
Length Standard
OD ID Tubing Size

Connection
1.69 42.9 0.69 17.5 24.00 609.6 2.375 60.3
1" AMMT Box x Pin
1.81 46.0 0.69 17.5 24.00 609.6 2.375 60.3
2.13 54.1 0.81 20.6 27.50 698.5 2.875 73.0
1-1/2" AMMT Box x Pin
2.50 63.5 0.88 22.4 34.75 882.7 3.500 88.9
3.00 76.2 0.94 23.9 41.38 1051.1 4.000 101.6 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
3.38 85.8 1.25 31.8 40.99 1041.1 5.000 127.0 2-3/8" API Reg Box x Pin
149
HB-3™ SELECTIVE • Application of internal hydraulic pressure

down the coiled tubing will allow linkage
SHIFTING TOOL arms to expand
Product Family No. H81198 • Low actuation pressure required to expand
linkage
• Linkage system exerts maximum radial
The HB-3 Hydraulic Shifting Tool is designed force when extended and latched into
for shifting the Baker Oil Tools Type HL™ or sleeve insert
CM™ Series Sliding Sleeve by tubing. A flow • Small run in OD
passage allow washing with tubing while run- • Wash ports under linkage arms allow debris
ning in well. After washing past the sleeve, an to be washed away
increase of pump pressure causes a piston to
• Can be run in tandum to shift up and down
compress a spring, allowing a second spring
in one trip
to extend a set of linkage arms extending out.
The insert can be shifted either by directly
pushing or pulling on the coiled tubing or by SPECIFICATION GUIDE
use of an impact tool. After the sleeve is shift- Tool Shifts
OD
ed, the shifting tool will automatically release. Size Sleeve Sizes
A decrease in pump pressure once again re- in. mm in. mm in. mm
2.56 65.0
tracts the linkage arms and allows unimpeded
3.50 88.9 2.50 63.5 2.75 69.8
movement up and down the hole. 2.81 71.3
3.43 87.1
FEATURES/BENEFITS 3.68 93.4
4.50 114.3 3.00 76.2
• Fully selective operation, can be run or 3.75 95.2
3.81 96.7
retrieved through multiple sliding sleeves
HB-3 Selective without manipulating the sleeve
Shifting Tool
Product Family
No. H81198
POWER STROKER FEATURES/BENEFITS

Product Family No. H81128 • Applies 17,500 lbs (7936 kg) of force, using
3,500 psi (241 bars)
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION • Runs on standard coiled tubing
The Baker Coiled Tubing Power Stroker is de- • Can open and close more than one sleeve
signed to run in conjunction with the HB-3 per run, utilizing tandem HB-3’s
Shifting Tool. The Power Stroker provides a • Emergency shear release
means to locate and anchor in a Model HL or • Will not locate in a profile until 1000 psi
CM Sliding Sleeve. After it is anchored, the (69 bars) is applied – this allows the HB-3
Power Stroker provides an additional down- to locate the sleeve
ward force with applied hydraulic pressure • Has a self-cleaning filter, so the fluid in the
through the coiled tubing. This applied force is piston area of the tool is always clean
independent of the force applied by the coiled • Slimline OD for maximum bypass when
tubing. By locating the sliding sleeve with the running
HB-3 before the Power Stroker is activated,
any sleeve can be shifted selectively.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Normal Tensile Required
Max Min Max Working Down Force Power
Operational Through Tension For
OD OD Pressure at 3,500 psi Piston Area
Pressure The Tool Shear Release
in. mm in. mm psi bar psi bar lbs kg sq. in. sq. mm lbs kg lbs kg
3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 5,000 345 3,500 241 17,500 7,936 5.00 3.225 80,000 36,281 25,000 11,340
Power Stroker
Product Family
No. H81128
150
SINGLE SWIVEL tool can rotate when set-down weight is ap-

plied.
AND DUAL SWIVEL
Product Family Nos. H13264 FEATURES/BENEFITS
and H13263 • Simple design
• Simplifies makeup of BHA
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION • Not suitable for mud motor operations
A Single and Dual Swivel are used to allow
the tool string below the swivel to remain sta- SPECIFICATION GUIDE
tionary, while turning the connection above.
This eliminates the need to turn the whole Single Swivel
Tool Tool
string of tools in order to make up the top OD ID
Length Standard
Connection
tools. The Single Swivel has a bearing for ten- in. mm in. mm in. mm
sion only. The Dual Swivel has bearings for 1.69 42.9 0.69 17.5 14.04 356.6
1" AMMT
Box x Pin
both tension and compression.
1-1/2" AMMT
2.13 54.1 0.81 20.6 16.23 412.2
Box x Pin
The standard swivel is normally assembled in
2-3/8" PAC DSI
the tool string just below the Coiled Tubing 2.88 73.0 1.19 30.2 14.58 370.3
Box x Pin
Connector. Once assembled in the tool string 3.50 88.9 1.50 38.1 17.20 436.9
2-7/8" PAC DSI
it provides a swivel point below the tubing Box x Pin
connector for the purpose of making up tools.

The Single and Dual Swivels are a typical Dual Swivel
Tool Tool
swivel design with friction type thrust bearing. OD ID
Length Standard
The mandrel and bottom sub are free to turn Connection
with respect to the top sub and housing. The 1.69 42.9 0.69 17.5 13.32 338.3
1" AMMT
Box x Pin
Dual Swivel has friction type thrust bearings
1-1/2" AMMT
on top as well as on the bottom, so that the 2.13 54.1 0.81 20.6 17.48 444.0
Box x Pin
Single and Dual Swivel
Product Family No.
H13264 and H13263
LOCKABLE SWIVEL Once the tool string is made up, the wedge is
removed allowing the torque ring to engage
Product Family No. H13265 with lugs in the housing and lock the tool to-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION gether rotationally. When the tools are re-
trieved the swivel can be made free turning
The Lockable Swivel is designed to perform again and held in this position with the unlock-
the same features as a standard swivel when ing wedge.
making up the tool string. But, when the tool
string is ready to be run in the hole, the swiv- FEATURES/BENEFITS
el's clutch will engage to torque lock the tool. • Used for deployment of long tool strings

This makes it suitable for jobs where rotation- • Pressure deployment applications
al resistance of the coiled tubing is required. • Rotationally locked
When the tool string is broken down coming
out of the hole the swivel's clutch can be dis-
engaged to allow the swivel to turn for ease in SPECIFICATION GUIDE
breaking down the tools. Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID
The Lockable Swivel is normally assembled Connection
in the tool string just below the Coil Tubing 1.69 42.9 0.69 17.5 15.14 384.6
1" AMMT
Connector. After the swivel is made up to the Box x Pin
2.13 54.1 0.75 19.1 17.51 444.8 1-1/2" AMMT
tubing connector the swivel is made free turn- 2.38 60.3 0.75 19.1 17.51 444.8 Box x Pin
ing by pulling the torque ring down to disen- 2-3/8" PAC DSI
2.88 73.0 1.00 25.4 22.23 564.6
gage the torque ring lug from the lug on the Box x Pin
housing. The torque ring is then held in the 2-3/8" API Reg
3.13 79.4 1.00 25.4 22.23 564.6
Box x Pin
disengaged position by pushing the unlocking 2-7/8" PAC DSI
3.50 88.4 1.50 38.1 24.84 630.9
wedge, a special design C-plate, between the Box x Pin
housing and the torque ring so the swivel is
Lockable Swivel
free to rotate as the tool string is made up. Product Family
No. H13265
151
OPTIMUM FLOW reached, the tool will divert all access fluid to
the annulus through a bypass port. The point
BYPASS SUB at which the tool begins to bypass fluid to the
Product Family No. H13289 annulus can be adjusted. The size of the by-
pass port responds automatically to flow
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION rates. Motor stalls can still be observed be-
The Optimum Flow Bypass Sub is designed to yond the activation point of the sub. The Opti-
be used on coiled tubing or threaded work- mum Flow Bypass Sub can be adjusted to suit
string with a mud motor. The sub provides a various densities of fluid.
constant optimum flow to the workover motor
FEATURES/BENEFITS
or the BHA below. Flow rates above the acti-
• Delivers constant optimum flow to the motor
vation point are ejected to the annulus
through a bypass port to give an increased • Enables increased annular velocity without
annular velocity. premature motor wear
• Fluid compatible
The Optimum Flow Bypass Sub is located in
• Enables better cleaning capacity of the well-
the BHA directly above the motor and mill. bore
Once the activation point of the sub has been
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool
Length Standard
OD
Connection
in. mm in. mm
2.88 73.0 22.72 577.1 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
2-3/8" API Reg Box x Pin
3.13 79.4 22.72 577.1
2-7/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
Optimum Flow Bypass Sub
THRU-TUBING FISHING The tool is designed so that the top sub and
bottom sub can be reversed. This allows the
HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL tool to be run reversed using tension to hold
TUBING ANCHOR the anchor. (This feature is not available in the
1.69" [42.9 mm] size.)
• Hydraulically activated
The Hydraulic/Mechanical Tubing Anchor is • Will eliminate movement of coiled tubing
used to anchor the bottomhole assembly in- while cutting
side the tubing. • Can be run in conjunction with a workover
The Hydraulic/Mechanical Tubing Anchor mud motor
uses a cone and collet to anchor the tool to • Optimum slip design
the tubing. The collet is attached to a piston so • Can be run reversed for upward anchoring
that hydraulic pressure is used to activate the use
tool. Mechanical downward force then holds
the anchor while other operations are per-
formed.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool Standard
Length
OD ID Connection
in. mm in. mm in. mm Box Pin
1.69 42.9 0.468 11.9 23.38 593.9 1" MT
2.06 52.4 0.625 15.9 33.13 841.5
Hydraulic/Mechanical 1-1/2" MT
2.50 63.5 0.625 15.9 33.13 841.5
Tubing Anchor
152
HYDRAULIC BENT SUB requires hydraulic pressure to operate. Either

a choke sub or a nozzle below the tool can
Product Family No. H13236 generate this pressure. The nozzle size can
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION be predetermined to allow maximum kick over
force at the tool. The hydraulic pressure can
The Hydraulic Bent Sub (Knuckle Joint) is de- also be generated by a hydraulic release fish-
signed to provide a means of hydraulically ing overshot or spear which already uses a
“kicking over” a toolstring for entry into laterals nozzle for activation. The tool can also be
or for fishing applications (i.e., side pocket used with a boost piston to lift larger loads or
mandrels or fish lying high side in the comple- where only low flow rates are available.
tion or liner).
The tool is generally run below an indexing
FEATURES/BENEFITS
tool to allow full radial rotation. The BHA is run • Easily adjusted for deflection of two to ten
in the well to depth and the flow rate is in- degrees
creased to activate the Hydraulic Knuckle • Anvil establishes predetermined deflection
Joint. As the flow rate is cycled the indexing angle
tool rotates allowing the fishing tool or entry • Kick over force easily controllable by
device to find the fish or lateral. The maximum hydraulic pressure differential
kick over angle is determined by selection of • Positive rotational control when used with
the appropriate anvil from a minimum of two indexing tool
(2) to a maximum of ten (10) degrees in two
degree increments. The Hydraulic Bent Sub
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Length Standard
OD ID
Connection
in. mm in. mm in. mm Hydraulic Bent Sub
2.13 54.1 0.81 20.6 16.23 412.2 1-1/2" AMMT Box x Pin Product Family No. H13236
DEPLOYMENT BAR the same as the CT or threaded pipe used to

deploy the BHA in the hole. Deployment Bars
Product Family No. H16055 have high tensile and torsion capabilities and
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION the most commonly used small diameter con-
nections.
Deployment Bars are used to provide a safe
means of handling CT or small threaded pipe FEATURES/BENEFITS
BHA at surface in applications where the BHA • Increase safety when handling lengthy
that is run in hole or retrieved from the hole is BHA's
longer than the riser height available. • Available in all standard CT sizes

The Deployment Bar is used to hang and seal • High tensile and torsion strength
off parts of a BHA. The Deployment Bar OD is
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Tool
Length Available for CT Size Standard
OD ID
Connection
in. mm in. mm in. mm 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-3/8"
0.50 12.7 x
1.69 42.9 1" MT Box x Pin
0.75 19.1 x x
0.50 12.7 x
2.13 54.1 0.75 19.1 x x 1-1/2" MT Box x Pin
1.00 25.4 x
0.75 19.1 x
2.88 73.0 1.00 25.4 x 2-3/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin
52.00 1320.8
1.50 38.1 x x
0.75 19.1 x
1.00 25.4 x 2-3/8" API Reg Box x Pin
1.50 38.1 x x
3.13 79.4
0.75 19.1 x Deployment Bar
1.00 25.4 x 2-7/8" PAC DSI Box x Pin Product Family No. H16055
1.50 38.1 x x
153
SPINNING WASH TOOL acid or other inhibitors. Also many different

corrosives, neutralizers and other fluids may
Product Family No. H13266 be circulated, as the bearing assemblies are
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION isolated.
The tool is capable of withstanding pressures
The high flow Spinning Wash Tool is used to
commonly used with coil tubing and snubbing
efficiently wash sand and debris. Fluid is
operations and has adequate strength to with-
pumped through a rotating nozzle that directs
stand spudding techniques typically used in
the flow to the bottom and sides of the hole.
sand washing.
The Spinning Wash Tool has a high speed
wash head running on two sets of bearings. FEATURES/BENEFITS
The two jetted blades efficiently clear loose • High speed rotation
scale, sand and debris reducing drag on tub- • Sealed bearings
ing during in and out of the well. This increas- • May be run with a variety of fluids
es working depth capabilities, particularly in • Can be run on coiled tubing or conventional
highly deviated wellbores. Additionally, this threaded pipe
tool may be used to impregnate scales with
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool
Length Standard
OD
Connection
in. mm in. mm
1.44 36.6 15.69 398.5 3/4" CS Hydril Box x Pin
1.69 42.9 14.69 373.1
1" AMMT Box x Pin
1.75 44.5 14.69 373.1
2.25 57.2 16.21 411.7 1-1/2" AMMT Box x Pin
Spinning Wash Tool
HYDRAULIC TUBING PUNCH tool to be used to withdraw the penetrator

from the tubing.
An emergency release sub has been de-
DESCRIPTION/APPLICATION signed to allow retrieval of the tool should the
The Hydraulic Tubing Punch is used to punch punch not be able to fully penetrate the tubing.
a communication hole into tubing using only Without this feature, failure to fully stroke the
hydraulic pressure. tool could cause retrieval failure.
The Hydraulic Tubing Punch is used in tubing FEATURES/BENEFITS

perforating applications where explosives or • Positive tubing perforation using available
chemicals are not desired. The Hydraulic hydraulic pressure
Tubing Punch will create one hole in the tub- • Avoids need for explosive or chemical per-
ing when activated. It is recommended to run foration
the tool directly below the Hydraulic Tubing • Controlled perforation for communication
Anchor (Product Family No. H13226) to en- with formation zones outside tubing
sure punching stability. Hydraulic pressure • Surface pressure indication of successful
has to be applied to activate the tool. The Hy- perforation
draulic Tubing Punch uses two pistons to ap-
• Easy extraction of penetrator in preparation
ply a force to a penetrator. Once the tubing
for next penetration
has been punched, pressure will bleed off
• Emergency release mechanism in case of
while dogs release, allowing axial pull on the
jammed or partial penetration
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Length Length
Tubing Standard
OD (Cocked) (Stroked)
Size Connection
Hydraulic Tubing Punch
Product Family No. H13341 1.75 44.5 42.57 1081.3 50.42 1280.7 2-3/8" 1" AMMT Box
154
Baker Oil Tools Region/Area Locations
Western Hemisphere Operations Eastern Hemisphere Operations

North America
California/Alaska Region Rocky Mountain Region Asia Region Mid East Region
Baker Oil Tools Baker Oil Tools Baker Oil Tools Baker Eastern S.A.
4230 Foster Avenue 1675 Broadway 1-5 Bell Street P. O. Box 1673
Bakersfield, Suite 1500 Canning Vale W. A. Dubai, U.A.E.
CA 93308-4559 Denver, CO 80202 6155 Australia Tel: (971) 4-8836322
Tel: 661/327-7201 Tel: 303/595-3675 Tel: (618) 9-455-0155 Fax: (971) 4-8837132
Fax: 661/324-5296 Fax: 303/595-0635 Fax: (618) 9-455-7928
Canada Region Alaska Area Central Europe/Africa United Kingdom Region

Baker Oil Tools Baker Oil Tools Baker Oil Tools Baker Oil Tools
1300 401 9th Ave SW 4730 Business Park Blvd. Ground Floor Kirkhill Road
Calgary, Alberta Suite 44 Monarch House Kirkhill Industrial Estate
Canada T2P3C5 Anchorage, AK 99503 Eversley Way, Egham Dyce, Aberdeen AB21 OGQ
Tel: 403/537-3400 Tel: 907/273-5100 Surrey TW20 8RY Scotland
Fax: 403/537-3799 Fax: 907/563-0385 Tel: (44) 1784-477 050 Tel: (44) 1224-223500
Fax: (44) 1784-220 100 Fax: (44) 1224-771575
Gulf Coast Region West Texas Region
Scandinavia Region
Baker Oil Tools Baker Oil Tools
1010 Rankin Road P. O. Box 61347 (mail) Baker Oil Tools
Third Floor Midland, TX 79711 Tanangervegen 501
Houston, TX 77073 10912 Highway 80 East 4056 Tananger, Norway
Tel: 713/625-6800 Odessa, TX 79765 Tel: (47) 51-717000
Fax: 713/625-6806 Tel: 915/563-7979 Fax: (47) 51-717010
Fax: 915/561-8303
Mid-Continent & MALT Region

North East Region (MS, AK, LA, TX)
5600 N. May Avenue 3600 Old Bullard Rd.
Suite 200 Suite 403
Oklahoma City, OK 73112 Tyler, TX 75701
Tel: 405/842-4005 Tel: 903/509-9056
Fax: 405/842-1882 Fax: 903/509-9060
Latin America World Headquarters

South America/Mexico
Avenida Principal de la 9100 Emmott Road (77040)
Castellana, Centro Letonia P.O. Box 40129
Torre Inc Bank, Piso 11 Houston, TX 77240-0129
Caracas, Venezuela 1060 Tel: 713/466-1322
Tel: 58-212-77-2253 Fax: 713/466-2502
Fax: 58-212-65-2081
www.bakerhughes.com/bot/
Bowen is a registered trademark of National Oilwell L.P.
TM®© Copyright 2001 Baker Hughes Incorporated. All rights reserved. • Pub. No. 99327-20M-5/01
99327Fishing_cover.indd 2 5/10/01, 2:44 PM

Fishing Catalog Backer Hughes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fishing Catalog Backer Hughes

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fishing Catalog Backer Hughes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

D E L I V E R I N G

99327Fishing_cover.indd 1 5/10/01, 2:43 PM

FISHING TOOL CATALOG INTRODUCTION

BAKER OIL TOOLS

• 142-ft Dreco mast rated at 750,000 lbs

• Continental-Emsco GA350-E Single

• Continental-Emsco T-2750 53-1/4"

• Gardner Denver PZ10 1350 HP Triplex

• Bowen® Model S-1E Power Swivel

• Bowen® 3.5 Power Swivel which may be

• Hydraulic testing unit

• Appropriate tubulars, BOPs, kill and

• Casing sizes from 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) to

FISHING TOOL CATALOG INTRODUCTION ................ 1 Superloy® ............................................................................. 38

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

PRODUCTS AND A PPLICATIONS

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

Casing Jack System .............................................................. 78 Lockomatic Underreamer .................................................... 109

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

PRODUCTS AND A PPLICATIONS

Product Description Page Product Description Page

H11099 Box Tap ........................................................... 28 H13215 RK™ Disconnect............................................ 121

H13015 The Wellbore Custodian .................................. 77 H13330 Hydraulic Releasing Overshot

Product Description Page Product Description Page

H14027 Hydraulic Pulling Tool ...................................... 64 H15054 TorqueMaster™ Bottom Trip

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

PRODUCTS AND A PPLICATIONS

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

Product Description Page Product Description Page

INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CUTTER TOOLS

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

HERCULES MULTI-STRING CUTTER

TYPE B ROTARY SHOE

Internal Cutter Bottomhole Assembly External Cutter Bottomhole Assembly

Rev., September, 2001 9

MULTI-STRING CUTTER pumps are shut off, and the tool is

HERCULES MULTI-STRING CUTTER

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

INSIDE MECHANICAL forces the knives outward until the

Inside Mechanical Casing Cutter

INSIDE HYDRAULIC crease in torque indicates that casing

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

Inside Hydraulic Cutter

BG™ OUTSIDE CUTTER desired depth where the cut is to be made.

STANDARD locate a collar or tool joint. The string

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

OUTSIDE SHEAR • Body constructed from AISI 4140 heat-

The Outside Shear Pin Cutter is a me-

Outside Shear Pin Cutter

WIRELINE CUTTER FEATURES/BENEFITS

OPERATION SPECIFICATION GUIDE

INTERNAL/EXTERNAL ENGAGEMENT TOOLS

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

TYPE D CASING SPEAR

Internal Catch Bottomhole Assembly External Catch Bottomhole Assembly

THE SERIES 150 BOWEN® RELEASING

ITCO TYPE BOWEN® RELEASING SPEAR

Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spear

HIGH PRESSURE PACK-OFF ASSEMBLY

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS